Add support for MIPS R6.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
4b95cf5c 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
4b95cf5c 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
4b95cf5c 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 418 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 419 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 420 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 421 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 422 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 423 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 424 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
425 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
426 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 427 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 428 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
429@end ifset
430@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
431
432@emph{Target MMIX options:}
433 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
434 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
435 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 436 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 437@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
438@ifset NIOSII
439
440@emph{Target Nios II options:}
441 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
442 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
443@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
444@ifset NDS32
445
446@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
447 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
448 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
453 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
454 [@b{-mb2bb}]
455@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
456@ifset PDP11
457
458@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
459 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
460 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 461 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
462@end ifset
463@ifset PJ
464
465@emph{Target picoJava options:}
466 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset PPC
469
470@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
471 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
472 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
473 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 474 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 475 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
476 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
477 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
479 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
480 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 482 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 483@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
484@ifset RL78
485
486@emph{Target RL78 options:}
487 [@b{-mg10}]
488 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
489@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
490@ifset RX
491
492@emph{Target RX options:}
493 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
495 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
496 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
497 [@b{-mpid}]
498 [@b{-mrelax}]
499 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
500 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 501@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
502@ifset S390
503
504@emph{Target s390 options:}
505 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
507 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
508@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
509@ifset SCORE
510
511@emph{Target SCORE options:}
512 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
513 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
514 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
515 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
516@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
517@ifset SPARC
518
519@emph{Target SPARC options:}
520@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
521 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
522 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
523 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
524 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
525@end ifset
526@ifset TIC54X
527
528@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 529 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
530 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
531@end ifset
3c9b82ba 532
40b36596
JM
533@ifset TIC6X
534
535@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
536 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
537 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
538 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 539@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
540@ifset TILEGX
541
542@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 543 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
544@end ifset
545@ifset TILEPRO
546@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
547@end ifset
40b36596 548
2d8b84ae
SA
549@ifset XTENSA
550
551@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
552 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
553 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
554 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
555 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 556 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae
SA
557@end ifset
558
3c9b82ba
NC
559@ifset Z80
560
561@emph{Target Z80 options:}
562 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
563 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
564 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
565 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
566 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
567 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
568 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
569@end ifset
570
a4fb0134
SC
571@ifset Z8000
572@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 573@end ifset
e0001a05 574
0285c67d 575@c man end
252b5132
RH
576@end smallexample
577
0285c67d
NC
578@c man begin OPTIONS
579
a4fb0134 580@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 581@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 582
83f10cb2 583@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
584Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
585
a4fb0134 586@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
587@item -ac
588omit false conditionals
589
590@item -ad
591omit debugging directives
592
83f10cb2
NC
593@item -ag
594include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
595
252b5132
RH
596@item -ah
597include high-level source
598
599@item -al
600include assembly
601
602@item -am
603include macro expansions
604
605@item -an
606omit forms processing
607
608@item -as
609include symbols
610
611@item =file
612set the name of the listing file
613@end table
614
615You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
616listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
617the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
618
caa32fe5 619@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
620Begin in alternate macro mode.
621@ifclear man
622@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
623@end ifclear
caa32fe5 624
955974c6
CC
625@item --compress-debug-sections
626Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
627to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
628compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
629
630@item --nocompress-debug-sections
631Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
632
252b5132
RH
633@item -D
634Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
635other assemblers.
636
3d6b762c
JM
637@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
638When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
639information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
640
252b5132
RH
641@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
642Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
643@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
644indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
645value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
646use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
647
648@item -f
649``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
650compiler output).
651
329e276d
NC
652@item -g
653@itemx --gen-debug
654Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
655debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
656ECOFF or DWARF2.
657
252b5132
RH
658@item --gstabs
659Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
660may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
661
05da4302
NC
662@item --gstabs+
663Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
664extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
665debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
666may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
667the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
668
329e276d 669@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 670Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 671may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 672option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 673
b40bf0a2
NC
674@item --gdwarf-sections
675Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
676.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
677corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
678will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
679@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
680then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
681suffix.
682
21be61f5
L
683@item --size-check=error
684@itemx --size-check=warning
685Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
686
252b5132
RH
687@item --help
688Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
689
ea20a7da
CC
690@item --target-help
691Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
692
252b5132
RH
693@item -I @var{dir}
694Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
695
696@item -J
697Don't warn about signed overflow.
698
699@item -K
700@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
701This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
702@end ifclear
703@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
704Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
705@end ifset
706
707@item -L
708@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
709Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
710system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
711or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
712@ifclear man
713@xref{Symbol Names}.
714@end ifclear
252b5132 715
c3a27914
NC
716@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
717Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
718listing to @var{number}.
719
720@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
721Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
722lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
723
724@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
725Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
726@var{number} bytes.
727
728@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
729Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
730to @var{number} + 1.
731
252b5132 732@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 733Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
734
735@item -R
736Fold the data section into the text section.
737
4bdd3565
NC
738@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
739Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
740@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
741assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
742memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
743requirements at the expense of speed.
744
745@item --reduce-memory-overheads
746This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
747assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
748@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --statistics
751Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
752assembly.
753
754@item --strip-local-absolute
755Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
756
757@item -v
758@itemx -version
a4fb0134 759Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
760
761@item --version
a4fb0134 762Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
763
764@item -W
2bdd6cf5 765@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
766Suppress warning messages.
767
2bdd6cf5
GK
768@item --fatal-warnings
769Treat warnings as errors.
770
771@item --warn
772Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
773
252b5132
RH
774@item -w
775Ignored.
776
777@item -x
778Ignored.
779
780@item -Z
781Generate an object file even after errors.
782
783@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
784Standard input, or source files to assemble.
785
786@end table
2a633939
JM
787@c man end
788
a06ea964
NC
789@ifset AARCH64
790
791@ifclear man
792@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
793for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
794@end ifclear
795
796@ifset man
797@c man begin OPTIONS
798The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
79964-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
800@c man end
801@c man begin INCLUDE
802@include c-aarch64.texi
803@c ended inside the included file
804@end ifset
805
806@end ifset
807
2a633939
JM
808@ifset ALPHA
809
810@ifclear man
811@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
812for an Alpha processor.
813@end ifclear
814
815@ifset man
816@c man begin OPTIONS
817The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
818processor.
819@c man end
820@c man begin INCLUDE
821@include c-alpha.texi
822@c ended inside the included file
823@end ifset
824
825@end ifset
252b5132 826
2a633939 827@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
828@ifset ARC
829The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
830an ARC processor.
831
a4fb0134 832@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
833@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
834This option selects the core processor variant.
835@item -EB | -EL
836Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
837@end table
838@end ifset
839
840@ifset ARM
841The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
842processor family.
843
a4fb0134 844@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 845@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 846Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 847@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 848Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 849@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 850Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
851@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
852Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
853@item -mthumb
854Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 855@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
856Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
857@item -EB | -EL
858Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
859@item -mthumb-interwork
860Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
861ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
862@item -mccs
863Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
864@item -k
865Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
866@end table
867@end ifset
635fb38d 868@c man end
252b5132 869
9982501a 870@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
871
872@ifclear man
873@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
874configured for the Blackfin processor family.
875@end ifclear
876
877@ifset man
878@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
879The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
880the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
881@c man end
882@c man begin INCLUDE
883@include c-bfin.texi
884@c ended inside the included file
885@end ifset
9982501a 886
9982501a
JZ
887@end ifset
888
635fb38d 889@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
890@ifset CRIS
891See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
892@end ifset
893
252b5132
RH
894@ifset D10V
895The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
896a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 897@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
898@cindex D10V optimization
899@cindex optimization, D10V
900@item -O
901Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
902@end table
903@end ifset
904
905@ifset D30V
906The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
907processor.
a4fb0134 908@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
909@cindex D30V optimization
910@cindex optimization, D30V
911@item -O
912Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
913
914@cindex D30V nops
915@item -n
916Warn when nops are generated.
917
918@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
919@item -N
920Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
921@end table
922@end ifset
731caf76
L
923@c man end
924
cfb8c092
NC
925@ifset EPIPHANY
926The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
927Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
928
56b13185
JR
929@ifclear man
930@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
931configured for an Epiphany processor.
932@end ifclear
cfb8c092 933
56b13185
JR
934@ifset man
935@c man begin OPTIONS
936The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
937an Epiphany processor.
938@c man end
939@c man begin INCLUDE
940@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
941@c ended inside the included file
942@end ifset
943
944@end ifset
945
946@ifset H8300
947
948@ifclear man
949@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
950for an H8/300 processor.
951@end ifclear
952
953@ifset man
954@c man begin OPTIONS
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
956processor.
957@c man end
958@c man begin INCLUDE
959@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
960@c ended inside the included file
961@end ifset
cfb8c092 962
cfb8c092
NC
963@end ifset
964
731caf76 965@ifset I80386
252b5132 966
731caf76
L
967@ifclear man
968@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
969configured for an i386 processor.
970@end ifclear
971
972@ifset man
973@c man begin OPTIONS
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
975an i386 processor.
976@c man end
977@c man begin INCLUDE
978@include c-i386.texi
979@c ended inside the included file
980@end ifset
981
982@end ifset
983
984@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
985@ifset I960
986The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
987Intel 80960 processor.
988
a4fb0134 989@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
990@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
991Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
992
993@item -b
994Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
995
996@item -no-relax
997Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
998error if necessary.
999
1000@end table
1001@end ifset
1002
a40cbfa3
NC
1003@ifset IP2K
1004The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1005Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1006
1007@table @gcctabopt
1008
1009@item -mip2022ext
1010Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1011
1012@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1013Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1014just the basic IP2022 ones.
1015
1016@end table
1017@end ifset
1018
49f58d10
JB
1019@ifset M32C
1020The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1021Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1022
1023@table @gcctabopt
1024
1025@item -m32c
1026Assemble M32C instructions.
1027
1028@item -m16c
1029Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1030
c54b5932
DD
1031@item -relax
1032Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1033
1034@item -h-tick-hex
1035Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1036
49f58d10
JB
1037@end table
1038@end ifset
1039
ec694b89
NC
1040@ifset M32R
1041The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1042Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1043
a4fb0134 1044@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1045
1046@item --m32rx
1047Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1048is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1049
1050@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1051Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1052encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1053
1054@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1055Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1056encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1057
1058@end table
1059@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1060
1061@ifset M680X0
1062The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1063Motorola 68000 series.
1064
a4fb0134 1065@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1066
1067@item -l
1068Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1069
0285c67d
NC
1070@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1071@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1072@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1073Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1074is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1075
1076@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1077The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1078The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1079the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1080two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1081coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1082
1083@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1084The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1085unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1086
1087@end table
1088@end ifset
1089
36591ba1
SL
1090@ifset NIOSII
1091
1092@ifclear man
1093@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1094for an Altera Nios II processor.
1095@end ifclear
1096
1097@ifset man
1098@c man begin OPTIONS
1099The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1100Altera Nios II processor.
1101@c man end
1102@c man begin INCLUDE
1103@include c-nios2.texi
1104@c ended inside the included file
1105@end ifset
1106@end ifset
1107
e135f41b
NC
1108@ifset PDP11
1109
1110For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1111see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1112
a4fb0134 1113@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1114@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1115Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1116default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1117
1118@item -mall
1119@itemx -mall-extensions
1120Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1121
1122@item -mno-extensions
1123Disable all instruction set extensions.
1124
1125@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1126Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1127
1128@item -m@var{cpu}
1129Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1130disable all other extensions.
1131
1132@item -m@var{machine}
1133Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1134model, and disable all other extensions.
1135@end table
1136
1137@end ifset
1138
041dd5a9
ILT
1139@ifset PJ
1140The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1141a picoJava processor.
1142
a4fb0134 1143@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1144
1145@cindex PJ endianness
1146@cindex endianness, PJ
1147@cindex big endian output, PJ
1148@item -mb
1149Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1150
1151@cindex little endian output, PJ
1152@item -ml
1153Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1154
1155@end table
1156@end ifset
1157
60bcf0fa
NC
1158@ifset M68HC11
1159The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1160Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1161
a4fb0134 1162@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1163
6927f982 1164@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1165Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1166defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1167
6927f982
NC
1168@item --xgate-ramoffset
1169Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1170XGATE address space.
1171
2f904664
SC
1172@item -mshort
1173Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1174
1175@item -mlong
01642c12 1176Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1177
1178@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1179Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1180
1181@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1182Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1183
1370e33d 1184@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1185Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1186conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1187sub routine.
1188
1370e33d
NC
1189@item -S | --short-branches
1190Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1191when the offset is out of range.
1192
1193@item --strict-direct-mode
1194Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1195when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1196
1197@item --print-insn-syntax
1198Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1199
1200@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1201Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1202
1203@item --generate-example
6927f982 1204Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1205This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1206
1207@end table
1208@end ifset
1209
252b5132 1210@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1211The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1212for the SPARC architecture:
1213
a4fb0134 1214@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1215@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1216@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1217Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1218
1219@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1220@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1221
1222@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1223UltraSPARC extensions.
1224
1225@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1226For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1227equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1228
1229@item -bump
1230Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1231@end table
1232@end ifset
1233
39bec121
TW
1234@ifset TIC54X
1235The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1236architecture.
39bec121 1237
a4fb0134 1238@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1239@item -mfar-mode
1240Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1241extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1242@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1243Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1244@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1245Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1246behaviour in the shell.
1247@end table
1248@end ifset
1249
252b5132
RH
1250@ifset MIPS
1251The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1252a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1253
a4fb0134 1254@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1255@item -G @var{num}
1256This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1257implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1258use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1259
1260@cindex MIPS endianness
1261@cindex endianness, MIPS
1262@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1263@item -EB
1264Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1265
1266@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1267@item -EL
1268Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1269
1270@cindex MIPS ISA
1271@item -mips1
1272@itemx -mips2
1273@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1274@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1275@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1276@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1277@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1278@itemx -mips32r3
1279@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1280@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1281@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1282@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1283@itemx -mips64r3
1284@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1285@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1286Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1287@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1288alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1289@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1290@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1291@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1292@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1293MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1294Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1295MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1296
98508b2a
RS
1297@item -march=@var{cpu}
1298Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1299
1300@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1301Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1302
1303@item -mfix7000
1304@itemx -mno-fix7000
1305Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1306of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1307
a8d14a88
CM
1308@item -mfix-rm7000
1309@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1310Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1311followed by a load instruction.
1312
ecb4347a
DJ
1313@item -mdebug
1314@itemx -no-mdebug
1315Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1316section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1317
dcd410fe
RO
1318@item -mpdr
1319@itemx -mno-pdr
1320Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1321
437ee9d5
TS
1322@item -mgp32
1323@itemx -mfp32
1324The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1325flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1326all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1327and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1328
351cdf24
MF
1329@item -mgp64
1330@itemx -mfp64
1331The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1332flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1333all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1334and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1335
1336@item -mfpxx
1337The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1338this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1339which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
134032 or 64 bits wide.
1341
1342@item -modd-spreg
1343@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1344Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1345registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1346@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1347
437ee9d5
TS
1348@item -mips16
1349@itemx -no-mips16
1350Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1351@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1352turns off this option.
252b5132 1353
df58fc94
RS
1354@item -mmicromips
1355@itemx -mno-micromips
1356Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1357@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1358turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1359at the start of the assembly file.
1360
e16bfa71
TS
1361@item -msmartmips
1362@itemx -mno-smartmips
1363Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1364equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1365@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1366
1f25f5d3
CD
1367@item -mips3d
1368@itemx -no-mips3d
1369Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1370This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1371@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1372
deec1734
CD
1373@item -mdmx
1374@itemx -no-mdmx
1375Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1376This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1377@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1378
2ef2b9ae
CF
1379@item -mdsp
1380@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1381Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1382This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1383@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1384
8b082fb1
TS
1385@item -mdspr2
1386@itemx -mno-dspr2
1387Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1388This option implies -mdsp.
1389This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1390@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1391
56d438b1
CF
1392@item -mmsa
1393@itemx -mno-msa
1394Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1395This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1396@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1397
7d64c587
AB
1398@item -mxpa
1399@itemx -mno-xpa
1400Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1401This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1402@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1403
ef2e4d86
CF
1404@item -mmt
1405@itemx -mno-mt
1406Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1407This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1408@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1409
dec0624d
MR
1410@item -mmcu
1411@itemx -mno-mcu
1412Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1413This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1414@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1415
833794fc
MR
1416@item -minsn32
1417@itemx -mno-insn32
1418Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1419microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1420instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1421the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1422option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1423start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1424selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1425
437ee9d5
TS
1426@item --construct-floats
1427@itemx --no-construct-floats
1428The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1429double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1430value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1431the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1432selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1433
3bf0dbfb
MR
1434@item --relax-branch
1435@itemx --no-relax-branch
1436The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1437branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1438out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1439
ba92f887
MR
1440@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1441Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1442(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1443
252b5132
RH
1444@cindex emulation
1445@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1446This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1447on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1448removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1449It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1450
1451The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1452@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1453is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1454big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1455preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1456
1457@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1458@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1459the native tools.
1460
252b5132
RH
1461@item --trap
1462@itemx --no-trap
1463@itemx --break
1464@itemx --no-break
1465Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1466@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1467(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1468@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1469break exception.
63486801
L
1470
1471@item -n
a4fb0134 1472When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1473time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1474@end table
1475@end ifset
1476
1477@ifset MCORE
1478The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1479an MCore processor.
1480
a4fb0134 1481@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1482@item -jsri2bsr
1483@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1484Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1485The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1486
1487@item -sifilter
1488@itemx -nosifilter
1489Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1490The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1491
1492@item -relax
1493Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1494
ec694b89
NC
1495@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1496Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1497can be assembled.
1498
1499@item -EB
1500Assemble for a big endian target.
1501
1502@item -EL
1503Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1504
1505@end table
1506@end ifset
a3c62988 1507@c man end
252b5132 1508
a3c62988
NC
1509@ifset METAG
1510
1511@ifclear man
1512@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1513for a Meta processor.
1514@end ifclear
1515
1516@ifset man
1517@c man begin OPTIONS
1518The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1519Meta processor.
1520@c man end
1521@c man begin INCLUDE
1522@include c-metag.texi
1523@c ended inside the included file
1524@end ifset
1525
1526@end ifset
1527
1528@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1529@ifset MMIX
1530See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1531@end ifset
1532
35c08157
KLC
1533@ifset NDS32
1534
1535@ifclear man
1536@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1537for a NDS32 processor.
1538@end ifclear
1539@c ended inside the included file
1540@end ifset
1541
1542@ifset man
1543@c man begin OPTIONS
1544The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1545NDS32 processor.
1546@c man end
1547@c man begin INCLUDE
1548@include c-nds32.texi
1549@c ended inside the included file
1550@end ifset
1551
635fb38d 1552@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1553@ifset PPC
1554
1555@ifclear man
1556@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1557for a PowerPC processor.
1558@end ifclear
1559
1560@ifset man
1561@c man begin OPTIONS
1562The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1563PowerPC processor.
1564@c man end
1565@c man begin INCLUDE
1566@include c-ppc.texi
1567@c ended inside the included file
1568@end ifset
1569
1570@end ifset
1571
635fb38d 1572@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1573@ifset RX
1574See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1575@end ifset
1576
11c19e16
MS
1577@ifset S390
1578The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1579processor family.
1580
1581@table @gcctabopt
1582@item -m31
1583@itemx -m64
1584Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1585@item -mesa
1586@item -mzarch
1587Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1588Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1589@item -march=@var{processor}
1590Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1591@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1592@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1593@item -mregnames
1594@itemx -mno-regnames
1595Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1596@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1597Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1598but evaluates to zero.
1599@end table
1600@end ifset
2a633939 1601@c man end
11c19e16 1602
40b36596 1603@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1604
1605@ifclear man
1606@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1607for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1608@end ifclear
1609
1610@ifset man
1611@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1612The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1613TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1614@c man end
1615@c man begin INCLUDE
1616@include c-tic6x.texi
1617@c ended inside the included file
1618@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1619
1620@end ifset
1621
aa137e4d
NC
1622@ifset TILEGX
1623
1624@ifclear man
1625@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1626for a TILE-Gx processor.
1627@end ifclear
1628
1629@ifset man
1630@c man begin OPTIONS
1631The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1632processor.
1633@c man end
1634@c man begin INCLUDE
1635@include c-tilegx.texi
1636@c ended inside the included file
1637@end ifset
1638
1639@end ifset
1640
e0001a05 1641@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1642
2d8b84ae
SA
1643@ifclear man
1644@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1645for an Xtensa processor.
1646@end ifclear
1647
1648@ifset man
1649@c man begin OPTIONS
1650The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1651Xtensa processor.
1652@c man end
1653@c man begin INCLUDE
1654@include c-xtensa.texi
1655@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1656@end ifset
1657
2d8b84ae
SA
1658@end ifset
1659
1660@c man begin OPTIONS
1661
3c9b82ba
NC
1662@ifset Z80
1663The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1664a Z80 family processor.
1665@table @gcctabopt
1666@item -z80
1667Assemble for Z80 processor.
1668@item -r800
1669Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1670@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1671@itemx -Wnud
1672Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1673@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1674@itemx -Wnup
1675Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1676@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1677@itemx -Wud
1678Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1679@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1680@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1681Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1682@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1683@itemx -Fud
1684Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1685@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1686@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1687Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1688@end table
1689@end ifset
1690
0285c67d
NC
1691@c man end
1692
252b5132
RH
1693@menu
1694* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1695* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1696* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1697* Command Line:: Command Line
1698* Input Files:: Input Files
1699* Object:: Output (Object) File
1700* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1701@end menu
1702
1703@node Manual
1704@section Structure of this Manual
1705
1706@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1707This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1708@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1709notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1710@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1711
1712@ifclear GENERIC
1713We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1714configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1715@end ifclear
1716@ifset GENERIC
1717This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1718various flavors of the assembler.
1719@end ifset
1720
1721@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1722On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1723to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1724In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1725architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1726mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1727particular architecture.
1728@ifset GENERIC
1729You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1730machine architecture manual for this information.
1731@end ifset
1732@ifclear GENERIC
1733@ifset H8/300
1734For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1735Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1736Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1737@end ifset
252b5132 1738@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1739For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1740see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1741@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1742@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1743@end ifset
1744@ifset Z8000
1745For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1746@end ifset
1747@end ifclear
1748
1749@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1750@ignore
1751Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1752the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1753Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1754computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1755once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1756qualification.
1757
a4fb0134 1758@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1759human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1760computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1761@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1762@end ignore
1763
1764@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1765@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1766@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1767@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1768@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1769@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1770@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1771@c directives).
1772
1773@node GNU Assembler
1774@section The GNU Assembler
1775
0285c67d
NC
1776@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1777
a4fb0134 1778@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1779@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1780This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1781configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1782@end ifclear
1783If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1784should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1785architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1786including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1787@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1788
1789@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1790@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1791@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1792@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1793assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1794machine would assemble.
1795@ifset VAX
1796Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1797@end ifset
1798@ifset M680X0
1799@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1800@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1801This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1802assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1803incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1804@end ifset
1805
0285c67d
NC
1806@c man end
1807
a4fb0134 1808Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1809program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1810@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1811
1812@node Object Formats
1813@section Object File Formats
1814
1815@cindex object file format
1816The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1817object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1818write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1819are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1820Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1821@ifclear GENERIC
1822@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1823For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1824@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1825@end ifclear
1826@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1827@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1828On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1829@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1830@end ifset
1831@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1832On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1833SOM or ELF format object files.
1834@end ifset
1835@end ifclear
1836
1837@node Command Line
1838@section Command Line
1839
1840@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1841
a4fb0134 1842After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1843options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1844before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1845significant.
1846
1847@cindex standard input, as input file
1848@kindex --
1849@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1850explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1851
1852@cindex options, command line
1853Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1854hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1855@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1856option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1857the letter is important. All options are optional.
1858
1859Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1860name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1861with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1862standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1863
1864@smallexample
1865@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1866@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1867@end smallexample
1868
1869@node Input Files
1870@section Input Files
1871
1872@cindex input
1873@cindex source program
1874@cindex files, input
1875We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1876describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1877be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1878doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1879
1880@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1881@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1882The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1883order specified.
1884
0285c67d 1885@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1886Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1887program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1888(The standard input is also a file.)
1889
a4fb0134 1890You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1891names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1892command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1893is taken to be an input file name.
1894
a4fb0134
SC
1895If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1896from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1897may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1898to assemble.
1899
1900Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1901in your command line.
1902
a4fb0134 1903If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1904file.
1905
0285c67d
NC
1906@c man end
1907
252b5132
RH
1908@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1909
1910@cindex input file linenumbers
1911@cindex line numbers, in input files
1912There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1913either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1914number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1915``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1916
1917@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1918to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1919
1920@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1921directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1922error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1923is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1924@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1925@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1926
1927@node Object
1928@section Output (Object) File
1929
1930@cindex object file
1931@cindex output file
1932@kindex a.out
1933@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1934Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1935your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1936is the object file. Its default name is
1937@ifclear BOUT
1938@code{a.out}.
1939@end ifclear
1940@ifset BOUT
1941@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1942@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1943@end ifset
a4fb0134 1944@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1945@end ifset
a4fb0134 1946You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1947object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1948reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1949directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1950possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1951
1952@cindex linker
1953@kindex ld
1954The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1955assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1956the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1957information for the debugger.
1958
1959@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1960@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1961
1962@node Errors
1963@section Error and Warning Messages
1964
0285c67d
NC
1965@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1966
a349d9dd 1967@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1968@cindex warning messages
1969@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1970@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1971file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1972runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1973that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1974grave problem that stops the assembly.
1975
0285c67d
NC
1976@c man end
1977
252b5132
RH
1978@cindex format of warning messages
1979Warning messages have the format
1980
1981@smallexample
1982file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1983@end smallexample
1984
1985@noindent
1986@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1987(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1988(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1989the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1990@ifset GENERIC
1991(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1992@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1993then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1994otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1995message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1996tradition).
1997
1998@cindex format of error messages
1999Error messages have the format
2000@smallexample
2001file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2002@end smallexample
2003The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2004messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2005because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2006
2007@node Invoking
2008@chapter Command-Line Options
2009
2010@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2011This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2012versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2013for options specific
252b5132 2014@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2015to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2016@end ifclear
2017@ifset GENERIC
2018to particular machine architectures.
2019@end ifset
2020
0285c67d
NC
2021@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2022
c1253627 2023If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2024you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2025The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2026by commas. For example:
2027
2028@smallexample
2029gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2030@end smallexample
2031
2032@noindent
2033This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2034standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2035local symbols in the symbol table).
2036
2037Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2038command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2039(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2040precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2041assembler.)
2042
0285c67d
NC
2043@c man end
2044
252b5132 2045@menu
83f10cb2 2046* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2047* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2048* D:: -D for compatibility
2049* f:: -f to work faster
2050* I:: -I for .include search path
2051@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2052* K:: -K for compatibility
2053@end ifclear
2054@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2055* K:: -K for difference tables
2056@end ifset
2057
ba83aca1 2058* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2059* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2060* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2061* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2062* o:: -o to name the object file
2063* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2064* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2065* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2066* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2067* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2068* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2069@end menu
2070
2071@node a
83f10cb2 2072@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2073
2074@kindex -a
2075@kindex -ac
2076@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2077@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2078@kindex -ah
2079@kindex -al
2080@kindex -an
2081@kindex -as
2082@cindex listings, enabling
2083@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2084
2085These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2086@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2087You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2088@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2089@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2090@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2091High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2092@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2093also.
2094
83f10cb2
NC
2095Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2096information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2097
252b5132
RH
2098Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2099which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2100other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2101omitted from the listing.
2102
2103Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2104listing.
2105
2106Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2107listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2108@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2109@code{.sbttl}.
2110The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2111If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2112listing-control directives have no effect.
2113
2114The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2115@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2116
96e9638b
BW
2117Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2118because it
c3a27914
NC
2119is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2120is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2121directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2122stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2123memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2124
caa32fe5
NC
2125@node alternate
2126@section @option{--alternate}
2127
2128@kindex --alternate
2129Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2130
252b5132 2131@node D
a4fb0134 2132@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2133
2134@kindex -D
2135This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2136likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2137@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2138
2139@node f
a4fb0134 2140@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2141
2142@kindex -f
2143@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2144@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2145@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2146(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2147and comment preprocessing on
2148the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2149,Preprocessing}.
2150
2151@quotation
2152@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2153preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2154not work correctly.
2155@end quotation
2156
2157@node I
c1253627 2158@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2159
2160@kindex -I @var{path}
2161@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2162@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2163@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2164Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2165@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2166directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2167many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2168working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2169searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2170specified (left to right) on the command line.
2171
2172@node K
a4fb0134 2173@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2174
2175@kindex -K
2176@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2177On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2178permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2179where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2180generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2181family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2182alteration on other platforms.
2183@end ifclear
2184
2185@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2186@cindex difference tables, warning
2187@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2188@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2189form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2190You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2191is done.
2192@end ifset
2193
2194@node L
ba83aca1 2195@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2196
2197@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2198@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2199Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2200@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2201called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2202such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2203programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2204notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2205such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2206
2207This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2208in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2209@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2210
c3a27914 2211@node listing
a4fb0134 2212@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2213
2214The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2215@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2216hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2217them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2218directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2219@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2220@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2221@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2222
a4fb0134 2223@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2224@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2225@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2226@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2227Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2228dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2229
2230@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2231@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2232@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2233Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2234a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2235the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2236switch is used the default is to one.
2237
2238@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2239@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2240@cindex Width of source line output
2241Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2242alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2243source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2244
2245@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2246@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2247@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2248Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2249displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2250@end table
2251
252b5132 2252@node M
a4fb0134 2253@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2254
2255@kindex -M
2256@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2257The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2258changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2259compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2260configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2261MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2262information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2263arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2264assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2265
2266The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2267depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2268file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2269individually. These are:
2270
2271@itemize @bullet
2272@item global symbols in common section
2273
2274The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2275Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2276common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2277symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2278symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2279
2280@item complex relocations
2281
2282The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2283relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2284are not support by other object file formats.
2285
2286@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2287
2288The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2289This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2290instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2291script.
2292
2293@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2294
2295The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2296name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2297
2298@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2299
2300The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2301address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2302which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2303not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2304assigned within a linker script.
2305@end itemize
2306
2307There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2308@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2309seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2310
2311@itemize @bullet
2312
2313@item EBCDIC strings
2314
2315EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2316
2317@item packed binary coded decimal
2318
2319Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2320and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2321
2322@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2323
2324The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2325
2326@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2327
2328The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2329
2330@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2331
2332The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2333@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2334relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2335these options serve no purpose.
2336
2337@item @code{OPT} list control options
2338
2339The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2340@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2341@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2342
2343@item other @code{OPT} options
2344
2345The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2346@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2347
2348@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2349
2350The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2351@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2352
2353@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2354
2355The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2356
2357@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2358
2359The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2360
2361@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2362
2363The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2364
2365@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2366
2367The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2368
2369@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2370
2371The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2372
2373@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2374
2375The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2376
2377@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2378
2379The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2380
2381@end itemize
2382
2383@node MD
c1253627 2384@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2385
2386@kindex --MD
2387@cindex dependency tracking
2388@cindex make rules
2389
a4fb0134 2390@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2391file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2392dependencies of the main source file.
2393
2394The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2395
2396This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2397
2398@node o
a4fb0134 2399@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2400
2401@kindex -o
2402@cindex naming object file
2403@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2404There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2405default it has the name
2406@ifset GENERIC
2407@ifset I960
2408@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2409@end ifset
2410@ifclear I960
2411@file{a.out}.
2412@end ifclear
2413@end ifset
2414@ifclear GENERIC
2415@ifset I960
2416@file{b.out}.
2417@end ifset
2418@ifclear I960
2419@file{a.out}.
2420@end ifclear
2421@end ifclear
2422You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2423object file a different name.
2424
a4fb0134 2425Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2426existing file of the same name.
2427
2428@node R
a4fb0134 2429@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2430
2431@kindex -R
2432@cindex data and text sections, joining
2433@cindex text and data sections, joining
2434@cindex joining text and data sections
2435@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2436@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2437data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2438the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2439section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2440your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2441appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2442
a4fb0134 2443When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2444address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2445data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2446older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2447
c1253627
NC
2448@ifset COFF-ELF
2449When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2450this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2451@samp{.data}.
2452@end ifset
2453
2454@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2455@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2456@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2457@end ifset
2458
2459@node statistics
a4fb0134 2460@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2461
2462@kindex --statistics
2463@cindex statistics, about assembly
2464@cindex time, total for assembly
2465@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2466Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2467@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2468(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2469seconds).
2470
2471@node traditional-format
c1253627 2472@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2473
2474@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2475For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2476from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2477@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2478
2479For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2480@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2481
2482@node v
a4fb0134 2483@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2484
2485@kindex -v
2486@kindex -version
2487@cindex assembler version
2488@cindex version of assembler
2489You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2490option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2491command line.
2492
2493@node W
a4fb0134 2494@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2495
a4fb0134 2496@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2497assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2498cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2499made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2500
c1253627
NC
2501@kindex -W
2502@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2503@cindex suppressing warnings
2504@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2505If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2506This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2507how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2508are still reported.
2509
c1253627 2510@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2511@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2512@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2513If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2514files that generate warnings to be in error.
2515
c1253627 2516@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2517@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2518You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2519causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2520
2521@node Z
a4fb0134 2522@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2523@cindex object file, after errors
2524@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2525After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2526some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2527@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2528option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2529writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2530errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2531
2532@node Syntax
2533@chapter Syntax
2534
2535@cindex machine-independent syntax
2536@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2537This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2538source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2539assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2540@ifclear VAX
2541assembler.
2542@end ifclear
2543@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2544assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2545@end ifset
2546
2547@menu
7c31ae13 2548* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2549* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2550* Comments:: Comments
2551* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2552* Statements:: Statements
2553* Constants:: Constants
2554@end menu
2555
2556@node Preprocessing
2557@section Preprocessing
2558
2559@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2560The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2561@itemize @bullet
2562@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2563@item
2564adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2565the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2566a single space.
2567
2568@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2569@item
2570removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2571appropriate number of newlines.
2572
2573@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2574@item
2575converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2576@end itemize
2577
2578It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2579anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2580do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2581(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2582to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2583@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2584Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2585
2586Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2587cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2588preprocessed.
2589
2590@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2591@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2592@kindex #NO_APP
2593@kindex #APP
2594If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2595@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2596Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2597specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2598text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2599@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2600@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2601and whitespace.
2602
2603@node Whitespace
2604@section Whitespace
2605
2606@cindex whitespace
2607@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2608Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2609people to read. Unless within character constants
2610(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2611as exactly one space.
2612
2613@node Comments
2614@section Comments
2615
2616@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2617There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2618cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2619
2620Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2621This means you may not nest these comments.
2622
2623@smallexample
2624/*
2625 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2626 is to use this sort of comment.
2627*/
2628
2629/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2630@end smallexample
2631
2632@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2633Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2634considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2635specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2636line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2637line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2638comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2639upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2640@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2641
2642If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2643special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2644to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2645
2646@kindex #
2647@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2648@cindex logical line numbers
2649To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2650special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2651expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2652line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2653new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2654
2655If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2656the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2657
2658@smallexample
2659 # This is an ordinary comment.
2660# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2661 # This is logical line # 36.
2662@end smallexample
2663This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2664of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2665
2666@node Symbol Intro
2667@section Symbols
2668
2669@cindex characters used in symbols
2670@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2671A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2672letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2673@samp{_.$}.
2674@end ifclear
2675@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2676@ifclear GENERIC
2677@ifset H8
2678A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2679letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2680@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2681symbol names.)
2682@end ifset
2683@end ifclear
2684@end ifset
2685@ifset GENERIC
2686On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2687are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2688@end ifset
2689No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2690There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2691are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2692beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2693of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2694@cindex length of symbols
2695
2696@node Statements
2697@section Statements
2698
2699@cindex statements, structure of
2700@cindex line separator character
2701@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2702
2703A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2704@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2705specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2706target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2707The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2708preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2709exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2710
2711@cindex newline, required at file end
2712@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2713It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2714character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2715
2716An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2717
2718@cindex instructions and directives
2719@cindex directives and instructions
2720@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2721@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2722@c 13feb91.
2723A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2724key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2725symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2726symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2727directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2728a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2729assembles into a machine language instruction.
2730@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2731Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2732recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2733represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2734language.@refill
2735@end ifset
2736
2737@cindex @code{:} (label)
2738@cindex label (@code{:})
2739A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2740Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2741have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2742
2743@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2744For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2745the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2746only one label may be defined on each line.
2747@end ifset
2748
2749@smallexample
2750label: .directive followed by something
2751another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2752 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2753@end smallexample
2754
2755@node Constants
2756@section Constants
2757
2758@cindex constants
2759A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2760inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2761@smallexample
2762@group
2763.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2764.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2765.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2766.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
276795028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2768@end group
2769@end smallexample
2770
2771@menu
2772* Characters:: Character Constants
2773* Numbers:: Number Constants
2774@end menu
2775
2776@node Characters
2777@subsection Character Constants
2778
2779@cindex character constants
2780@cindex constants, character
2781There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2782for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2783numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2784@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2785used in arithmetic expressions.
2786
2787@menu
2788* Strings:: Strings
2789* Chars:: Characters
2790@end menu
2791
2792@node Strings
2793@subsubsection Strings
2794
2795@cindex string constants
2796@cindex constants, string
2797A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2798double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2799into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2800a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2801one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2802@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2803(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2804escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2805
2806@cindex escape codes, character
2807@cindex character escape codes
2808@table @kbd
2809@c @item \a
2810@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2811@c
2812@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2813@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2814@item \b
2815Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2816
2817@c @item \e
2818@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2819@c
2820@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2821@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2822@item \f
2823Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2824
2825@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2826@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2827@item \n
2828Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2829
2830@c @item \p
2831@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2832@c
2833@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2834@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2835@item \r
2836Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2837
2838@c @item \s
2839@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2840@c other assemblers.
2841@c
2842@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2843@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2844@item \t
2845Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2846
2847@c @item \v
2848@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2849@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2850@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2851@c
2852@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2853@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2854@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2855An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2856For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2857for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2858
2859@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2860@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2861@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2862A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2863lower case @code{x} works.
2864
2865@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2866@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2867@item \\
2868Represents one @samp{\} character.
2869
2870@c @item \'
2871@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2872@c This is needed in single character literals
2873@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2874@c a @samp{'}.
2875@c
2876@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2877@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2878@item \"
2879Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2880this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2881
2882@item \ @var{anything-else}
2883Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2884assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2885you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2886interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2887other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2888code and warns you of the fact.
2889@end table
2890
2891Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2892varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2893the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2894compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2895sequence.
2896
2897@node Chars
2898@subsubsection Characters
2899
2900@cindex single character constant
2901@cindex character, single
2902@cindex constant, single character
2903A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2904followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2905to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2906must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2907@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2908grave accent. A newline
2909@ifclear GENERIC
2910@ifclear abnormal-separator
2911(or semicolon @samp{;})
2912@end ifclear
2913@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2914@ifset H8
2915(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2916Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2917@end ifset
2918@end ifset
2919@end ifclear
2920immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2921and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2922constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2923that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2924@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2925
2926@node Numbers
2927@subsection Number Constants
2928
2929@cindex constants, number
2930@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2931@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2932are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2933would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2934integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2935are floating point numbers, described below.
2936
2937@menu
2938* Integers:: Integers
2939* Bignums:: Bignums
2940* Flonums:: Flonums
2941@ifclear GENERIC
2942@ifset I960
2943* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2944@end ifset
2945@end ifclear
2946@end menu
2947
2948@node Integers
2949@subsubsection Integers
2950@cindex integers
2951@cindex constants, integer
2952
2953@cindex binary integers
2954@cindex integers, binary
2955A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2956the binary digits @samp{01}.
2957
2958@cindex octal integers
2959@cindex integers, octal
2960An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2961digits (@samp{01234567}).
2962
2963@cindex decimal integers
2964@cindex integers, decimal
2965A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2966more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2967
2968@cindex hexadecimal integers
2969@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2970A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2971more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2972
2973Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2974the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2975(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2976
2977@node Bignums
2978@subsubsection Bignums
2979
2980@cindex bignums
2981@cindex constants, bignum
2982A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2983except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2984represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2985integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2986
2987@node Flonums
2988@subsubsection Flonums
2989@cindex flonums
2990@cindex floating point numbers
2991@cindex constants, floating point
2992
2993@cindex precision, floating point
2994A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2995indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2996@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2997sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2998to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2999portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3000
3001A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3002@itemize @bullet
3003@item
3004The digit @samp{0}.
3005@ifset HPPA
3006(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3007@end ifset
3008
3009@item
a4fb0134 3010A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3011@ifset GENERIC
3012@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3013@ignore
3014@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3015(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30164.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3017@end ignore
3018
7be1c489 3019On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3020and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3021one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3022
3023On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3024(in upper or lower case).
3025
3026On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3027one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3028
3029On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3030@end ifset
3031@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3032@ifset ARC
3033One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3034@end ifset
3035@ifset H8
3036One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3037@end ifset
3038@ifset HPPA
3039The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3040@end ifset
3041@ifset I960
3042One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3043@end ifset
3044@end ifclear
3045
3046@item
3047An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3048
3049@item
3050An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3051
3052@item
3053An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3054or more decimal digits.
3055
3056@item
3057An optional exponent, consisting of:
3058
3059@itemize @bullet
3060@item
3061An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3062@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3063@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3064@item
3065Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3066@item
3067One or more decimal digits.
3068@end itemize
3069
3070@end itemize
3071
3072At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3073present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3074
a4fb0134 3075@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3076independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3077@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3078
3079@ifclear GENERIC
3080@ifset I960
3081@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3082@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3083@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3084@node Bit Fields
3085@subsubsection Bit Fields
3086
3087@cindex bit fields
3088@cindex constants, bit field
3089You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3090Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3091@example
3092@var{mask}:@var{value}
3093@end example
3094@noindent
a4fb0134 3095@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3096@var{value}.
3097
3098The resulting number is then packed
3099@ifset GENERIC
3100@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3101(in host-dependent byte order)
3102@end ifset
3103into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3104bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3105requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3106more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3107least significant digits.@refill
3108
3109The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3110@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3111@end ifset
3112@end ifclear
3113
3114@node Sections
3115@chapter Sections and Relocation
3116@cindex sections
3117@cindex relocation
3118
3119@menu
3120* Secs Background:: Background
3121* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3122* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3123* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3124* bss:: bss Section
3125@end menu
3126
3127@node Secs Background
3128@section Background
3129
3130Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3131``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3132For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3133
3134@cindex linker, and assembler
3135@cindex assembler, and linker
3136The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3137combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3138emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3139@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3140different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3141oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3142sections.
3143
3144@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3145addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3146units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3147within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3148run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3149the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3150the proper run-time addresses.
3151@ifset H8
7be1c489 3152For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3153@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3154ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3155@end ifset
3156
3157@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3158An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3159of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3160@dfn{bss} sections.
3161
c1253627 3162@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3163@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3164When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3165@end ifset
a4fb0134 3166@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3167using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3168If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3169or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3170@end ifset
3171
3172@ifset HPPA
3173@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3174When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3175@end ifset
a4fb0134 3176@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3177specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3178@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3179(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3180assembler directives.
3181
3182@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3183Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3184text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3185is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3186BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3187@end ifset
3188@end ifset
3189
3190Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3191data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3192
3193@ifset HPPA
3194When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3195section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3196@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3197@end ifset
3198
3199To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3200relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3201object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3202@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3203file is mentioned:
3204@itemize @bullet
3205@item
3206Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3207an address?
3208@item
3209How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3210@item
3211Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3212@display
3213(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3214@end display
3215@item
3216Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3217@end itemize
3218
3219@cindex addresses, format of
3220@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3221In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3222@display
3223(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3224@end display
3225@noindent
a4fb0134 3226Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3227nature.
3228@ifset SOM
3229(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3230symbol-relative instead.)
3231@end ifset
3232
3233In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3234@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3235
3236Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3237@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3238addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3239@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3240@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3241data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3242their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3243part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3244address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3245
3246The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3247address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3248rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3249Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3250address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3251common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3252time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3253
3254By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3255the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3256sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3257customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3258the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3259data and bss sections.
3260
3261Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3262use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3263
3264@node Ld Sections
3265@section Linker Sections
3266@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3267
3268@table @strong
3269
c1253627 3270@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3271@cindex named sections
3272@cindex sections, named
3273@item named sections
3274@end ifset
3275@ifset aout-bout
3276@cindex text section
3277@cindex data section
3278@itemx text section
3279@itemx data section
3280@end ifset
a4fb0134 3281These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3282separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3283true of another.
3284@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3285When the program is running, however, it is
3286customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3287text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3288instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3289program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3290in the data section.
c1253627 3291@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3292
3293@cindex bss section
3294@item bss section
3295This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3296is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3297each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3298out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3299bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3300those explicit zeros from object files.
3301
3302@cindex absolute section
3303@item absolute section
3304Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3305This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3306not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3307addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3308
3309@cindex undefined section
3310@item undefined section
3311This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3312the preceding sections.
3313@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3314@end table
3315
3316@cindex relocation example
3317An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3318@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3319The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3320@end ifset
3321Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3322
3323@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3324@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3325@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3326@smallexample
3327 +-----+----+--+
3328partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3329 +-----+----+--+
3330
3331 text data bss
3332 seg. seg. seg.
3333
3334 +---+---+---+
3335partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3336 +---+---+---+
3337
3338 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3339linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3340 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3341
3342 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3343@end smallexample
3344@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3345@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3346@need 5000
3347@tex
c1253627 3348\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3349\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3350\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3351\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3352
3353\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3354\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3355\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3356
3357\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3358\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3359\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3360ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3361DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3362
3363\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3364\line{0\dots\hfil}
3365
3366@end tex
3367@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3368
3369@node As Sections
3370@section Assembler Internal Sections
3371
3372@cindex internal assembler sections
3373@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3374These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3375have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3376sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3377warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3378meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3379value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3380section-relative address.
3381
3382@table @b
3383@cindex assembler internal logic error
3384@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3385An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3386bug in the assembler.
3387
3388@cindex expr (internal section)
3389@item expr section
3390The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3391symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3392it in the expr section.
3393@c FIXME item debug
3394@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3395@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3396@c FIXME item register
3397@end table
3398
3399@node Sub-Sections
3400@section Sub-Sections
3401
3402@cindex numbered subsections
3403@cindex grouping data
3404@ifset aout-bout
3405Assembled bytes
c1253627 3406@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3407conventionally
3408@end ifset
3409fall into two sections: text and data.
3410@end ifset
3411You may have separate groups of
3412@ifset GENERIC
3413data in named sections
3414@end ifset
3415@ifclear GENERIC
3416@ifclear aout-bout
3417data in named sections
3418@end ifclear
3419@ifset aout-bout
3420text or data
3421@end ifset
3422@end ifclear
3423that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3424are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3425use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3426numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3427same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3428subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3429section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3430assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3431section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3432constants being output.
3433
3434Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3435goes in subsection number zero.
3436
3437@ifset GENERIC
3438Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3439(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3440of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3441@end ifset
3442@ifclear GENERIC
3443@ifset H8
7be1c489 3444On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3445boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3446The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3447@end ifset
3448@ifset I960
3449@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3450@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3451@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3452@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3453@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3454@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3455@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3456@end ifclear
3457
3458Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3459to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3460The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3461other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3462They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3463data subsections as a data section.
3464
3465To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3466into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3467@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3468@ifset COFF
252b5132 3469@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3470When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3471@end ifset
3472@ifclear GENERIC
3473You
3474@end ifclear
3475can also use an extra subsection
3476argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3477@var{expression}}.
3478@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3479@ifset ELF
3480@ifset GENERIC
3481When generating ELF output, you
3482@end ifset
3483@ifclear GENERIC
3484You
3485@end ifclear
3486can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3487to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3488@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3489@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3490(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3491is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3492begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3493@smallexample
3494.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3495.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3496.text 1
3497.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3498.data 0
3499.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3500.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3501.text 0
3502.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3503.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3504@end smallexample
3505
3506Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3507assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3508restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3509counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3510@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3511current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3512assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3513
3514@node bss
3515@section bss Section
3516
3517@cindex bss section
3518@cindex common variable storage
3519The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3520You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3521not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3522your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3523section are zeroed bytes.
3524
3525The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3526@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3527
3528The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3529another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3530
3531@ifset GENERIC
3532When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3533COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3534see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3535section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3536@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3537@end ifset
3538
3539@node Symbols
3540@chapter Symbols
3541
3542@cindex symbols
3543Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3544things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3545to debug.
3546
3547@quotation
3548@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3549@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3550the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3551@end quotation
3552
3553@menu
3554* Labels:: Labels
3555* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3556* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3557* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3558* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3559@end menu
3560
3561@node Labels
3562@section Labels
3563
3564@cindex labels
3565A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3566@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3567active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3568operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3569different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3570definitions.
3571
3572@ifset HPPA
3573On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3574colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3575a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3576provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3577@end ifset
3578
3579@node Setting Symbols
3580@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3581
3582@cindex assigning values to symbols
3583@cindex symbol values, assigning
3584A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3585by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3586(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3587directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3588equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3589@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3590
f8739b83
JZ
3591@ifset Blackfin
3592Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3593@end ifset
3594
252b5132
RH
3595@node Symbol Names
3596@section Symbol Names
3597
3598@cindex symbol names
3599@cindex names, symbol
3600@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3601Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3602machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3603noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3604string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3605particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3606@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3607@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3608@ifset H8
3609Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3610Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3611character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3612on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3613@end ifset
3614@end ifset
3615
3616Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3617than @code{Foo}.
3618
7bfd842d
NC
3619Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3620multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3621@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3622currently supported.
3623
252b5132
RH
3624Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3625refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3626in a program.
3627
3628@subheading Local Symbol Names
3629
3630@cindex local symbol names
3631@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3632A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3633By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3634@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3635set of local label prefixes.
3636@ifset HPPA
3637On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3638@end ifset
3639
3640Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3641normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3642You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3643@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3644
3645@subheading Local Labels
3646
3647@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3648@cindex temporary symbol names
3649@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3650Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3651They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3652the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3653To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3654represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3655definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3656you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3657@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3658for ``forwards''.
3659
3660There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3661too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3662the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3663defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3664definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3665noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3666implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3667
3668Here is an example:
3669
3670@smallexample
36711: branch 1f
36722: branch 1b
36731: branch 2f
36742: branch 1b
3675@end smallexample
3676
3677Which is the equivalent of:
3678
3679@smallexample
3680label_1: branch label_3
3681label_2: branch label_1
3682label_3: branch label_4
3683label_4: branch label_3
3684@end smallexample
3685
ba83aca1 3686Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3687transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3688The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3689are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3690these parts:
252b5132
RH
3691
3692@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3693@item @emph{local label prefix}
3694All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3695Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3696that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3697used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3698@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3699object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3700you may use them in debugging.
3701
2d5aaba0
NC
3702@item @var{number}
3703This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3704label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3705
2d5aaba0
NC
3706@item @kbd{C-B}
3707This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3708of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3709
3710@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3711This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3712@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3713number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3714the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3715@end table
3716
ba83aca1
BW
3717So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3718the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3719
3720@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3721@cindex dollar local symbols
3722
3723@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3724dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3725soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3726region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3727scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3728the same local label.
3729
3730Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3731except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3732@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3733
3734They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3735names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3736to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3737@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3738
3739@node Dot
3740@section The Special Dot Symbol
3741
3742@cindex dot (symbol)
3743@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3744@cindex current address
3745@cindex location counter
3746The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3747@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3748.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3749Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3750directive.
252b5132 3751@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3752Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3753@samp{.space 4}.
3754@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3755
3756@node Symbol Attributes
3757@section Symbol Attributes
3758
3759@cindex symbol attributes
3760@cindex attributes, symbol
3761Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3762``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3763attributes.
3764@ifset INTERNALS
3765The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3766@end ifset
3767
a4fb0134 3768If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3769all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3770symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3771would want.
3772
3773@menu
3774* Symbol Value:: Value
3775* Symbol Type:: Type
3776@ifset aout-bout
3777@ifset GENERIC
3778* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3779@end ifset
3780@ifclear GENERIC
3781@ifclear BOUT
3782* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3783@end ifclear
3784@ifset BOUT
3785* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3786@end ifset
3787@end ifclear
3788@end ifset
3789@ifset COFF
3790* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3791@end ifset
3792@ifset SOM
3793* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3794@end ifset
3795@end menu
3796
3797@node Symbol Value
3798@subsection Value
3799
3800@cindex value of a symbol
3801@cindex symbol value
3802The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3803location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3804number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3805Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3806as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3807symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3808called absolute.
3809
3810The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38110 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3812@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3813same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3814name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3815common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3816bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3817allocated storage.
3818
3819@node Symbol Type
3820@subsection Type
3821
3822@cindex type of a symbol
3823@cindex symbol type
3824The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3825information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3826(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3827format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3828
3829@ifset aout-bout
3830@ifclear GENERIC
3831@ifset BOUT
3832@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3833@c better if it were available outside examples.
3834@need 1000
3835@node a.out Symbols
3836@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3837
3838@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3839@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3840These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3841one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3842@code{b.out}.
3843
3844@end ifset
3845@ifclear BOUT
3846@node a.out Symbols
3847@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3848
3849@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3850@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3851
3852@end ifclear
3853@end ifclear
3854@ifset GENERIC
3855@node a.out Symbols
3856@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3857
3858@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3859@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3860
3861@end ifset
3862@menu
3863* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3864* Symbol Other:: Other
3865@end menu
3866
3867@node Symbol Desc
3868@subsubsection Descriptor
3869
3870@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3871This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3872descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3873(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3874@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3875
3876@node Symbol Other
3877@subsubsection Other
3878
3879@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3880This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3881@end ifset
3882
3883@ifset COFF
3884@node COFF Symbols
3885@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3886
3887@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3888@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3889
3890The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3891like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3892@code{.endef} directives.
3893
3894@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3895
3896@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3897The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3898respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3899
3900@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3901
3902@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3903The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3904@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3905table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3906@end ifset
3907
3908@ifset SOM
3909@node SOM Symbols
3910@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3911
3912@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3913@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3914
3915The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3916the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3917
01642c12 3918The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3919Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3920@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3921@end ifset
3922
3923@node Expressions
3924@chapter Expressions
3925
3926@cindex expressions
3927@cindex addresses
3928@cindex numeric values
3929An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3930Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3931
3932The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3933a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3934enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3935section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3936the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3937@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3938
3939@menu
3940* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3941* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3942@end menu
3943
3944@node Empty Exprs
3945@section Empty Expressions
3946
3947@cindex empty expressions
3948@cindex expressions, empty
3949An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3950Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3951expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3952is compatible with other assemblers.
3953
3954@node Integer Exprs
3955@section Integer Expressions
3956
3957@cindex integer expressions
3958@cindex expressions, integer
3959An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3960by @emph{operators}.
3961
3962@menu
3963* Arguments:: Arguments
3964* Operators:: Operators
3965* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3966* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3967@end menu
3968
3969@node Arguments
3970@subsection Arguments
3971
3972@cindex expression arguments
3973@cindex arguments in expressions
3974@cindex operands in expressions
3975@cindex arithmetic operands
3976@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3977contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3978this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3979the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3980expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3981instruction operands.
3982
3983Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3984@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3985or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3986integer.
3987
3988Numbers are usually integers.
3989
3990A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3991that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3992these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3993instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3994assemblers.
3995
3996@cindex subexpressions
3997Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3998expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3999operator followed by an argument.
4000
4001@node Operators
4002@subsection Operators
4003
4004@cindex operators, in expressions
4005@cindex arithmetic functions
4006@cindex functions, in expressions
4007@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4008operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4009between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4010whitespace.
4011
4012@node Prefix Ops
4013@subsection Prefix Operator
4014
4015@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4016@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4017one argument, which must be absolute.
4018
4019@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4020@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4021@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4022@tex
4023\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4024@end tex
4025
4026@table @code
4027@item -
4028@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4029@item ~
4030@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4031@end table
4032
4033@tex
4034\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4035@end tex
4036
4037@node Infix Ops
4038@subsection Infix Operators
4039
4040@cindex infix operators
4041@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4042@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4043have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4044to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4045absolute, and the result is absolute.
4046
4047@enumerate
4048@cindex operator precedence
4049@cindex precedence of operators
4050
4051@item
4052Highest Precedence
4053
4054@table @code
4055@item *
4056@dfn{Multiplication}.
4057
4058@item /
4059@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4060
4061@item %
4062@dfn{Remainder}.
4063
d1eac9d9 4064@item <<
252b5132
RH
4065@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4066
d1eac9d9 4067@item >>
252b5132
RH
4068@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4069@end table
4070
4071@item
4072Intermediate precedence
4073
4074@table @code
4075@item |
4076
4077@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4078
4079@item &
4080@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4081
4082@item ^
4083@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4084
4085@item !
4086@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4087@end table
4088
4089@item
b131d4dc 4090Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4091
4092@table @code
4093@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4094@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4095@cindex arguments for addition
4096@item +
4097@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4098the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4099sections.
4100
4101@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4102@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4103@cindex arguments for subtraction
4104@item -
4105@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4106result has the section of the left argument.
4107If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4108You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4109@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4110
4111@cindex comparison expressions
4112@cindex expressions, comparison
4113@item ==
4114@dfn{Is Equal To}
4115@item <>
723a8472 4116@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4117@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4118@item <
4119@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4120@item >
b131d4dc 4121@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4122@item >=
b131d4dc 4123@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4124@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4125@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4126
4127The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4128value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4129perform signed comparisons.
4130@end table
4131
4132@item Lowest Precedence
4133
4134@table @code
4135@item &&
4136@dfn{Logical And}.
4137
4138@item ||
4139@dfn{Logical Or}.
4140
4141These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4142expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4143value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4144or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4145
252b5132
RH
4146@end table
4147@end enumerate
4148
4149In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4150address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4151
4152@node Pseudo Ops
4153@chapter Assembler Directives
4154
4155@cindex directives, machine independent
4156@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4157@cindex machine independent directives
4158All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4159The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4160
4161This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4162target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4163@ifset GENERIC
4164Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4165@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4166@end ifset
4167@ifclear GENERIC
4168@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4169@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4170@end ifset
4171@end ifclear
4172
4173@menu
4174* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4175@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4176* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4177@end ifset
f0dc282c 4178
252b5132 4179* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4180* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4181* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4182* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4183* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4184* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4185* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4186* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4187* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4188* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4189@ifset COFF
4190* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4191@end ifset
4192@ifset aout-bout
4193* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4194@end ifset
4195@ifset COFF
4196* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4197@end ifset
f0dc282c 4198
252b5132
RH
4199* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4200* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4201* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4202* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4203* End:: @code{.end}
4204@ifset COFF
4205* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4206@end ifset
f0dc282c 4207
252b5132
RH
4208* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4209* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4210* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4211* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4212* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4213* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4214* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4215* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4216* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4217* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4218* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4219* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4220* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4221* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4222* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4223@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4224* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4225* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4226@end ifset
f0dc282c 4227
252b5132
RH
4228* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4229* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4230* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4231* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4232* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4233* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4234@ifset ELF
4235* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4236@end ifset
f0dc282c 4237
252b5132
RH
4238* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4239* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4240* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4241* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4242@ifclear no-line-dir
4243* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4244@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4245
252b5132
RH
4246* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4247* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4248* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4249* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4250* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4251@ifset ELF
4252* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4253@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4254
252b5132
RH
4255* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4256@ignore
4257* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4258@end ignore
f0dc282c 4259
252b5132
RH
4260* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4261* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4262* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4263* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4264* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4265* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4266* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4267* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4268@ifset ELF
4269* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4270* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4271@end ifset
f0dc282c 4272
252b5132 4273* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4274@ifset ELF
4275* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4276@end ifset
f0dc282c 4277
252b5132
RH
4278* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4279* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4280@ifset ELF
4281* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4282@end ifset
f0dc282c 4283
252b5132 4284* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4285* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4286* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4287* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4288@ifset COFF
4289* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4290@end ifset
4291@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4292* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4293@end ifset
f0dc282c 4294
252b5132
RH
4295* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4296* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4297* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4298@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4299* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4300@end ifset
884f0d36 4301@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4302* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4303@end ifclear
4304
252b5132 4305* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4306@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4307* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4308@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4309@ifset have-stabs
4310* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4311@end ifset
f0dc282c 4312
38a57ae7 4313* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4314* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4315@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4316* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4317* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4318@end ifset
f0dc282c 4319
252b5132
RH
4320@ifset COFF
4321* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4322@end ifset
f0dc282c 4323
252b5132
RH
4324* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4325* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4326@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4327* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4328@end ifset
4329
c91d2e08 4330* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4331@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4332* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4333@end ifset
f0dc282c 4334
2e13b764 4335@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4336* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4337* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4338* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4339@end ifset
f0dc282c 4340
d190d046 4341* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4342* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4343* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4344* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4345* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4346@end menu
4347
4348@node Abort
4349@section @code{.abort}
4350
4351@cindex @code{abort} directive
4352@cindex stopping the assembly
4353This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4354compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4355assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4356of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4357quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4358
4359@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4360@node ABORT (COFF)
4361@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4362
4363@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4364When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4365synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4366
4367@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4368When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4369but ignores it.
4370@end ifset
4371@end ifset
4372
4373@node Align
4374@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4375
4376@cindex padding the location counter
4377@cindex @code{align} directive
4378Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4379boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4380required, as described below.
4381
4382The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4383padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4384padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4385marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4386with no-op instructions.
4387
4388The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4389it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4390directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4391specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4392fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4393required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4394with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4395
4396The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4397For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4398s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4399alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4400the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4401is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4402first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4403
9e9a9798 4404For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4405strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4406number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4407advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4408counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4409multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4410
4411This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4412native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4413GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4414described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4415architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4416
ccf8a69b
BW
4417@node Altmacro
4418@section @code{.altmacro}
4419Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4420
4421@ftable @code
4422@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4423One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4424generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4425replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4426replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4427separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4428define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4429
4430@item String delimiters
4431You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4432@code{"@var{string}"}:
4433
4434@table @code
4435@item '@var{string}'
4436You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4437
4438@item <@var{string}>
4439You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4440@end table
4441
4442@item single-character string escape
4443To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4444character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4445character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4446write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4447
4448@item Expression results as strings
4449You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4450and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4451@end ftable
4452
252b5132
RH
4453@node Ascii
4454@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4455
4456@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4457@cindex string literals
4458@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4459separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4460trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4461
4462@node Asciz
4463@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4464
4465@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4466@cindex zero-terminated strings
4467@cindex null-terminated strings
4468@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4469a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4470
4471@node Balign
4472@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4473
4474@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4475@cindex @code{balign} directive
4476Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4477storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4478alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4479the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4480is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4481
4482The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4483padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4484padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4485marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4486with no-op instructions.
4487
4488The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4489it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4490directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4491specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4492fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4493required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4494with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4495
4496@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4497@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4498The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4499@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4500pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4501fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45024,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4503filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4504the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4505undefined.
4506
fa94de6b
RM
4507@node Bundle directives
4508@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4509@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4510@cindex bundle
4511@cindex instruction bundle
4512@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4513@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4514bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4515into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4516disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4517gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4518@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4519
4520For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4521certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4522instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4523@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4524chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4525effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4526instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4527that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4528end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4529starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4530instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4531
4532@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4533@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4534@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4535The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4536allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4537are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4538aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4539@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4540directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4541
4542@cindex bundle-locked
4543For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4544appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4545instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4546and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4547instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4548sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4549@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4550entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4551boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4552first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4553aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4554bundle size.
4555
d416e51d
RM
4556For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4557inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4558nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4559@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4560matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4561same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4562
252b5132
RH
4563@node Byte
4564@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4565
4566@cindex @code{byte} directive
4567@cindex integers, one byte
4568@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4569Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4570
54cfded0 4571@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4572@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4573@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4574@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4575should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4576If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4577if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4578To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4579directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4580
4b7d318b 4581@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4582@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4583@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4584should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4585data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4586@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4587
01642c12 4588Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4589it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4590
54cfded0
AM
4591@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4592@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4593@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4594unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4595@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4596
9b8ae42e
JJ
4597@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4598@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4599@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4600should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4601argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4602a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4603the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4604can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4605The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4606no personality routine.
4607
4608@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4609@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4610@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4611should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4612argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4613or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4614no LSDA.
4615
54cfded0 4616@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4617@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4618address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4619
4620@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4621@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4622now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4623remains the same.
4624
4625@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4626@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4627remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4628absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4629CFA address.
4630
4631@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4632Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4633value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4634
4635@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4636Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4637CFA.
54cfded0 4638
17076204
RH
4639@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4640Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4641the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4642using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4643This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4644code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4645
4b7d318b
L
4646@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4647Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4648
4649@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4650@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4651same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4652instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4653
4654@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4655From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4656
4657@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4658Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4659i.e. no restoration needed.
4660
01642c12
RM
4661@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4662First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4663then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4664everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4665the previous saved state.
4666
4667@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4668Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4669directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4670
63752a75
JJ
4671@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4672Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4673
6749011b 4674@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4675SPARC register window has been saved.
4676
cdfbf930
RH
4677@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4678Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4679might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4680opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4681
f1c4cc75
RH
4682@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4683The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4684will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4685description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4686
4687The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4688limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4689mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4690by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4691or another register.
4692
ccf8a69b
BW
4693@node Comm
4694@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4695
ccf8a69b
BW
4696@cindex @code{comm} directive
4697@cindex symbol, common
4698@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4699common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4700of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4701definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4702allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4703absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4704the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4705using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4706
c1711530
DK
4707@ifset COFF-ELF
4708When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4709an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4710specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4711that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4712as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4713boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4714power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4715common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4716alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4717largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4718maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4719is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4720@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4721multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4722It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4723(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4724@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4725
ccf8a69b
BW
4726@ifset HPPA
4727The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4728@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4729@end ifset
07a53e5c 4730
252b5132
RH
4731@node Data
4732@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4733
4734@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4735@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4736end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4737absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4738to zero.
4739
4740@ifset COFF
4741@node Def
4742@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4743
4744@cindex @code{def} directive
4745@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4746@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4747Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4748definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4749@ifset BOUT
4750
a4fb0134 4751This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4752format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4753but ignored.
4754@end ifset
4755@end ifset
4756
4757@ifset aout-bout
4758@node Desc
4759@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4760
4761@cindex @code{desc} directive
4762@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4763@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4764This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4765to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4766
4767@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4768The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4769configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4770object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4771it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4772@end ifset
4773@end ifset
4774
4775@ifset COFF
4776@node Dim
4777@section @code{.dim}
4778
4779@cindex @code{dim} directive
4780@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4781@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4782This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4783information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4784@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4785@ifset BOUT
4786
4787@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4788@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4789ignores it.
4790@end ifset
4791@end ifset
4792
4793@node Double
4794@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4795
4796@cindex @code{double} directive
4797@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4798@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4799assembles floating point numbers.
4800@ifset GENERIC
4801The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4802@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4803@end ifset
4804@ifclear GENERIC
4805@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4806On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4807in @sc{ieee} format.
4808@end ifset
4809@end ifclear
4810
4811@node Eject
4812@section @code{.eject}
4813
4814@cindex @code{eject} directive
4815@cindex new page, in listings
4816@cindex page, in listings
4817@cindex listing control: new page
4818Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4819
4820@node Else
4821@section @code{.else}
4822
4823@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4824@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4825assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4826of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4827was false.
4828
3fd9f047
TW
4829@node Elseif
4830@section @code{.elseif}
4831
4832@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4833@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4834assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4835@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4836
252b5132
RH
4837@node End
4838@section @code{.end}
4839
4840@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4841@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4842process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4843
4844@ifset COFF
4845@node Endef
4846@section @code{.endef}
4847
4848@cindex @code{endef} directive
4849This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4850@code{.def}.
4851@ifset BOUT
4852
4853@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4854@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4855directive but ignores it.
4856@end ifset
4857@end ifset
4858
4859@node Endfunc
4860@section @code{.endfunc}
4861@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4862@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4863
4864@node Endif
4865@section @code{.endif}
4866
4867@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4868@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4869it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4870conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4871
4872@node Equ
4873@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4874
4875@cindex @code{equ} directive
4876@cindex assigning values to symbols
4877@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4878This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4879It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4880
4881@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4882The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4883@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4884@end ifset
4885
3c9b82ba 4886@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4887The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4888@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4889On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4890but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4891Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4892@end ifset
4893
252b5132
RH
4894@node Equiv
4895@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4896@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4897The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4898the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4899symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4900undefined.
252b5132 4901
01642c12 4902Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4903@smallexample
4904.ifdef SYM
4905.err
4906.endif
4907.equ SYM,VAL
4908@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4909plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4910
4911@node Eqv
4912@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4913@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4914The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4915evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4916the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4917value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4918
4919@node Err
4920@section @code{.err}
4921@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4922If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4923message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4924object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4925
d190d046
HPN
4926@node Error
4927@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4928@cindex error directive
4929
4930Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4931string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4932message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4933@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4934
4935@smallexample
4936 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4937@end smallexample
4938
252b5132
RH
4939@node Exitm
4940@section @code{.exitm}
4941Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4942
4943@node Extern
4944@section @code{.extern}
4945
4946@cindex @code{extern} directive
4947@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4948with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4949all undefined symbols as external.
4950
4951@node Fail
4952@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4953
4954@cindex @code{fail} directive
4955Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4956or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4957than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4958include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4959complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4960
252b5132 4961@node File
14082c76 4962@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4963@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4964
4965@ifclear no-file-dir
4966There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4967that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4968@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4969
4970@subheading Default Version
4971
252b5132
RH
4972@cindex logical file name
4973@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4974This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4975are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4976
4977@smallexample
4978.file @var{string}
4979@end smallexample
4980
4981@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4982recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4983to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4984statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4985old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4986
4987@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4988@end ifclear
4989
14082c76
BW
4990When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4991to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4992
4993@smallexample
4994.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4995@end smallexample
4996
4997The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4998index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4999literal.
5000
5001The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5002table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5003information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5004entries will have.
5005
252b5132
RH
5006@node Fill
5007@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5008
5009@cindex @code{fill} directive
5010@cindex writing patterns in memory
5011@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5012@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5013This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5014may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5015more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5016other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5017is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5018zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5019byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5020Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5021@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5022compatible with other people's assemblers.
5023
5024@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5025If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5026assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5027@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5028
5029@node Float
5030@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5031
5032@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5033@cindex @code{float} directive
5034This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5035has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5036@ifset GENERIC
5037The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5038@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5039@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5040@end ifset
5041@ifclear GENERIC
5042@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5043On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5044in @sc{ieee} format.
5045@end ifset
5046@end ifclear
5047
5048@node Func
5049@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5050@cindex @code{func} directive
5051@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5052is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5053Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5054@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5055prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5056@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5057All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5058The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5059
5060@node Global
5061@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5062
5063@cindex @code{global} directive
5064@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5065@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5066@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5067other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5068@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5069from another file linked into the same program.
5070
5071Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5072compatibility with other assemblers.
5073
5074@ifset HPPA
5075On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5076partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5077@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5078@end ifset
5079
c91d2e08 5080@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5081@node Gnu_attribute
5082@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5083Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5084
c91d2e08
NC
5085@node Hidden
5086@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5087
c1253627
NC
5088@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5089@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5090This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5091@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5092@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5093
5094This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5095their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5096@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5097Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5098@end ifset
5099
252b5132
RH
5100@node hword
5101@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5102
5103@cindex @code{hword} directive
5104@cindex integers, 16-bit
5105@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5106@cindex sixteen bit integers
5107This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5108a 16 bit number for each.
5109
5110@ifset GENERIC
5111This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5112architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5113@end ifset
5114@ifclear GENERIC
5115@ifset W32
5116This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5117@end ifset
5118@ifset W16
5119This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5120@end ifset
5121@end ifclear
5122
5123@node Ident
5124@section @code{.ident}
5125
5126@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5127
5128This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5129behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5130a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5131source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5132for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5133@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5134emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5135
5136@node If
5137@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5138
5139@cindex conditional assembly
5140@cindex @code{if} directive
5141@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5142considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5143(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5144the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5145(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5146alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5147If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5148nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5149
5150The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5151@table @code
5152@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5153@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5154Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5155has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5156is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5157
26aca5f6
JB
5158@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5159@item .ifb @var{text}
5160Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5161
252b5132
RH
5162@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5163@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5164Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5165strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5166the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5167end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5168string comparison is case sensitive.
5169
5170@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5171@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5172Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5173
5174@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5175@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5176Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5177
5178@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5179@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5180Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5181equal to zero.
5182
5183@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5184@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5185Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5186
5187@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5188@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5189Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5190to zero.
5191
5192@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5193@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5194Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5195
26aca5f6
JB
5196@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5197@item .ifnb @var{text}
5198Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5199following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5200
252b5132
RH
5201@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5202@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5203Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5204following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5205
5206@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5207@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5208@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5209@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5210Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5211has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5212which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5213
5214@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5215@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5216Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5217(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5218
5219@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5220@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5221Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5222following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5223@end table
5224
7e005732
NC
5225@node Incbin
5226@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5227
5228@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5229@cindex binary files, including
5230The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5231location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5232option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5233around @var{file}.
5234
5235The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5236@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5237read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5238responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5239after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5240
252b5132
RH
5241@node Include
5242@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5243
5244@cindex @code{include} directive
5245@cindex supporting files, including
5246@cindex files, including
5247This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5248points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5249if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5250included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5251can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5252(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5253around @var{file}.
5254
5255@node Int
5256@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5257
5258@cindex @code{int} directive
5259@cindex integers, 32-bit
5260Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5261For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5262expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5263of target the assembly is for.
5264
5265@ifclear GENERIC
5266@ifset H8
7be1c489 5267On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5268integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
526932-bit integers.
5270@end ifset
5271@end ifclear
5272
c91d2e08
NC
5273@ifset ELF
5274@node Internal
5275@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5276
c1253627
NC
5277@cindex @code{internal} directive
5278@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5279This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5280@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5281@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5282
5283This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5284their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5285@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5286(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5287processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5288@end ifset
5289
252b5132
RH
5290@node Irp
5291@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5292
5293@cindex @code{irp} directive
5294Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5295The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5296terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5297set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5298@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5299@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5300sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5301
5302For example, assembling
5303
5304@example
5305 .irp param,1,2,3
5306 move d\param,sp@@-
5307 .endr
5308@end example
5309
5310is equivalent to assembling
5311
5312@example
5313 move d1,sp@@-
5314 move d2,sp@@-
5315 move d3,sp@@-
5316@end example
5317
96e9638b 5318For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5319
252b5132
RH
5320@node Irpc
5321@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5322
5323@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5324Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5325The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5326terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5327@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5328assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5329assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5330@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5331
5332For example, assembling
5333
5334@example
5335 .irpc param,123
5336 move d\param,sp@@-
5337 .endr
5338@end example
5339
5340is equivalent to assembling
5341
5342@example
5343 move d1,sp@@-
5344 move d2,sp@@-
5345 move d3,sp@@-
5346@end example
5347
5e75c3ab
JB
5348For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5349at @xref{Macro}.
5350
252b5132
RH
5351@node Lcomm
5352@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5353
5354@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5355@cindex local common symbols
5356@cindex symbols, local common
5357Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5358denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5359those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5360section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5361is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5362not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5363
5364@ifset GENERIC
5365Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5366argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5367@end ifset
5368
5369@ifset HPPA
5370The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5371@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5372@end ifset
5373
5374@node Lflags
5375@section @code{.lflags}
5376
5377@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5378@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5379assemblers, but ignores it.
5380
5381@ifclear no-line-dir
5382@node Line
5383@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5384
5385@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5386@cindex logical line number
5387@ifset aout-bout
5388Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5389expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5390statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5391reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5392@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5393for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5394@end ifset
5395
252b5132 5396Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5397@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5398when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5399were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5400@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5401
5402Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5403used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5404debugging.
5405@end ifclear
5406
5407@node Linkonce
5408@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5409@cindex COMDAT
5410@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5411@cindex common sections
5412Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5413This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5414but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5415The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5416Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5417unique.
5418
5419This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5420writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5421Executable format used on Windows NT.
5422
5423The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5424following strings. For example:
5425@smallexample
5426.linkonce same_size
5427@end smallexample
5428Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5429
5430@table @code
5431@item discard
5432Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5433
5434@item one_only
5435Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5436
5437@item same_size
5438Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5439
5440@item same_contents
5441Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5442@end table
5443
ccf8a69b
BW
5444@node List
5445@section @code{.list}
5446
5447@cindex @code{list} directive
5448@cindex listing control, turning on
5449Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5450not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5451internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5452counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5453generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5454
5455By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5456@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5457the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5458
252b5132
RH
5459@node Ln
5460@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5461
5462@cindex @code{ln} directive
5463@ifclear no-line-dir
5464@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5465@end ifclear
5466@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5467Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5468must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5469line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5470statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5471line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5472@ifset BOUT
5473
a4fb0134 5474This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5475configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5476output format.
5477@end ifset
5478@end ifset
5479
ccf8a69b
BW
5480@node Loc
5481@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5482@cindex @code{loc} directive
5483When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5484the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5485number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5486instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5487arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5488the row is added.
252b5132 5489
ccf8a69b
BW
5490The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5491
5492@table @code
5493@item basic_block
5494This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5495@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5496
5497@item prologue_end
5498This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5499@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5500
5501@item epilogue_begin
5502This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5503@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5504
5505@item is_stmt @var{value}
5506This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5507@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5508either 0 or 1.
5509
5510@item isa @var{value}
5511This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5512state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5513
92846e72
CC
5514@item discriminator @var{value}
5515This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5516state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5517
ccf8a69b
BW
5518@end table
5519
5520@node Loc_mark_labels
5521@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5522@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5523When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5524the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5525to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5526register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5527The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5528this function respectively.
252b5132 5529
4d4175af
BW
5530@ifset ELF
5531@node Local
5532@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5533
5534@cindex @code{local} directive
5535This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5536the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5537will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5538they will be created.
5539
5540For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5541accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5542the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5543(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5544@end ifset
5545
252b5132
RH
5546@node Long
5547@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5548
5549@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5550@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5551
5552@ignore
5553@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5554@c what it really ought to do
5555@node Lsym
5556@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5557
5558@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5559@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5560@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5561the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5562rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5563the same as the expression value:
5564@smallexample
5565@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5566@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5567@var{value} = @var{expression}
5568@end smallexample
5569@noindent
5570The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5571@end ignore
5572
5573@node Macro
5574@section @code{.macro}
5575
5576@cindex macros
5577The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5578generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5579@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5580
5581@example
5582 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5583 .long \from
5584 .if \to-\from
5585 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5586 .endif
5587 .endm
5588@end example
5589
5590@noindent
5591With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5592
5593@example
5594 .long 0
5595 .long 1
5596 .long 2
5597 .long 3
5598 .long 4
5599 .long 5
5600@end example
5601
5602@ftable @code
5603@item .macro @var{macname}
5604@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5605@cindex @code{macro} directive
5606Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5607definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5608separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5609indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5610@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5611(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5612macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5613cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5614subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5615definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5616
5617@table @code
5618@item .macro comm
5619Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5620arguments.
5621
6258339f 5622@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5623@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5624Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5625which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5626@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5627
5628@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5629Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5630arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5631After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5632@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5633@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5634,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5635@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5636
6eaeac8a
JB
5637@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5638Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5639arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5640not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5641will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5642
252b5132
RH
5643When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5644position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5645@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5646
6258339f
NC
5647@end table
5648
5e75c3ab
JB
5649Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5650as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5651occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5652characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5653(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5654architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5655character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5656replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5657construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5658identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5659this macro definition:
5660
5661@example
5662 .macro label l
5663\l:
5664 .endm
5665@end example
5666
5667might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5668called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5669assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5670identifier.
5671
5672Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5673which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5674for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5675length specifier like this:
5676
5677@example
5678 .macro opcode base length
5679 \base.\length
5680 .endm
5681@end example
5682
5683and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5684instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5685interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5686
5687There are several possible ways around this problem:
5688
5689@table @code
5690@item Insert white space
5691If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5692solution. eg:
5693
5694@example
5695 .macro label l
5696\l :
5697 .endm
5698@end example
5699
5700@item Use @samp{\()}
5701The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5702the following text. eg:
5703
5704@example
5705 .macro opcode base length
5706 \base\().\length
5707 .endm
5708@end example
5709
5710@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5711In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5712used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5713
5714@example
5715 .altmacro
5716 .macro label l
5717l&:
5718 .endm
5719@end example
6258339f 5720@end table
5e75c3ab 5721
96e9638b 5722Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5723also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5724and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5725
252b5132
RH
5726@item .endm
5727@cindex @code{endm} directive
5728Mark the end of a macro definition.
5729
5730@item .exitm
5731@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5732Exit early from the current macro definition.
5733
5734@cindex number of macros executed
5735@cindex macros, count executed
5736@item \@@
a4fb0134 5737@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5738executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5739output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5740
252b5132
RH
5741@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5742@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5743macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5744@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5745@end ftable
252b5132 5746
ccf8a69b
BW
5747@node MRI
5748@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5749
ccf8a69b
BW
5750@cindex @code{mri} directive
5751@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5752If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5753@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5754affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5755of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5756
caa32fe5
NC
5757@node Noaltmacro
5758@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5759Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5760
252b5132
RH
5761@node Nolist
5762@section @code{.nolist}
5763
5764@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5765@cindex listing control, turning off
5766Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5767not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5768internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5769counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5770generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5771
5772@node Octa
5773@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5774
5775@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5776@cindex @code{octa} directive
5777@cindex integer, 16-byte
5778@cindex sixteen byte integer
5779This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5780bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5781
5782The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5783hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5784
9aec2026
NC
5785@node Offset
5786@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5787
5788@cindex @code{offset} directive
5789Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5790be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5791symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5792directive.
9aec2026 5793
252b5132
RH
5794@node Org
5795@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5796
5797@cindex @code{org} directive
5798@cindex location counter, advancing
5799@cindex advancing location counter
5800@cindex current address, advancing
5801Advance the location counter of the current section to
5802@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5803expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5804you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5805wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5806with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5807@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5808is the same as the current subsection.
5809
5810@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5811unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5812backwards.
5813
5814@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5815@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5816@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5817Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5818may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5819a chance to share your improved assembler.
5820
5821Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5822to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5823people's assemblers.
5824
5825When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5826intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5827absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5828@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5829
5830@node P2align
5831@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5832
5833@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5834@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5835Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5836storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5837number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5838advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5839counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5840multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5841
5842The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5843padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5844padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5845marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5846with no-op instructions.
5847
5848The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5849it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5850directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5851specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5852fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5853required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5854with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5855
5856@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5857@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5858The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5859@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5860pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5861fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58622,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5863filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5864the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5865undefined.
5866
ccf8a69b
BW
5867@ifset ELF
5868@node PopSection
5869@section @code{.popsection}
5870
5871@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5872@cindex Section Stack
5873This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5874@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5875@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5876(@pxref{Previous}).
5877
5878This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5879section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5880stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5881@end ifset
5882
c91d2e08
NC
5883@ifset ELF
5884@node Previous
5885@section @code{.previous}
5886
c1253627 5887@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5888@cindex Section Stack
5889This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5890@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5891@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5892(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5893
5894This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5895referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5896@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5897subsections). For example:
5898
5899@smallexample
5900.section A
5901 .subsection 1
5902 .word 0x1234
5903 .subsection 2
5904 .word 0x5678
5905.previous
5906 .word 0x9abc
5907@end smallexample
5908
5909Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5910section A. Whilst:
5911
5912@smallexample
5913.section A
5914.subsection 1
5915 # Now in section A subsection 1
5916 .word 0x1234
5917.section B
5918.subsection 0
5919 # Now in section B subsection 0
5920 .word 0x5678
5921.subsection 1
5922 # Now in section B subsection 1
5923 .word 0x9abc
5924.previous
5925 # Now in section B subsection 0
5926 .word 0xdef0
5927@end smallexample
5928
5929Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5930section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5931
5932In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5933the top section on the section stack.
5934@end ifset
5935
252b5132
RH
5936@node Print
5937@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5938
5939@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5940@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5941assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5942
c91d2e08
NC
5943@ifset ELF
5944@node Protected
5945@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5946
c1253627
NC
5947@cindex @code{protected} directive
5948@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5949This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5950@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5951
5952This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5953their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5954@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5955components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5956component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5957this.
c91d2e08
NC
5958@end ifset
5959
252b5132
RH
5960@node Psize
5961@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5962
5963@cindex @code{psize} directive
5964@cindex listing control: paper size
5965@cindex paper size, for listings
5966Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5967number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5968
5969If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5970of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5971default width is 200 columns.
5972
a4fb0134 5973@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5974lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5975@code{.eject}).
5976
5977If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5978those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5979
5980@node Purgem
5981@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5982
5983@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5984Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5985expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5986
c91d2e08
NC
5987@ifset ELF
5988@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5989@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5990
c1253627 5991@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5992@cindex Section Stack
5993This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5994@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5995@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5996(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5997
e9863d7f
DJ
5998This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5999top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6000subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6001@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6002as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6003@end ifset
6004
252b5132
RH
6005@node Quad
6006@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6007
6008@cindex @code{quad} directive
6009@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6010each bignum, it emits
6011@ifclear bignum-16
6012an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6013warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6014@cindex eight-byte integer
6015@cindex integer, 8-byte
6016
6017The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6018hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6019@end ifclear
6020@ifset bignum-16
6021a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6022warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6023@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6024@cindex integer, 16-byte
6025@end ifset
6026
05e9452c
AM
6027@node Reloc
6028@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6029
6030@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6031Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6032@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6033the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6034symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6035@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6036absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6037targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6038relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6039section.
6040
252b5132
RH
6041@node Rept
6042@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6043
6044@cindex @code{rept} directive
6045Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6046@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6047
6048For example, assembling
6049
6050@example
6051 .rept 3
6052 .long 0
6053 .endr
6054@end example
6055
6056is equivalent to assembling
6057
6058@example
6059 .long 0
6060 .long 0
6061 .long 0
6062@end example
6063
6064@node Sbttl
6065@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6066
6067@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6068@cindex subtitles for listings
6069@cindex listing control: subtitle
6070Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6071title line) when generating assembly listings.
6072
6073This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6074it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6075
6076@ifset COFF
6077@node Scl
6078@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6079
6080@cindex @code{scl} directive
6081@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6082@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6083Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6084used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6085whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6086symbolic debugging information.
6087@ifset BOUT
6088
6089The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6090configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6091accepts this directive but ignores it.
6092@end ifset
6093@end ifset
6094
c1253627 6095@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6096@node Section
c1253627 6097@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6098
252b5132
RH
6099@cindex named section
6100Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6101named @var{name}.
6102
6103This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6104named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6105with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6106
c1253627
NC
6107@ifset COFF
6108@ifset ELF
6109@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6110@subheading COFF Version
6111@end ifset
6112
6113@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6114For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6115ways:
c91d2e08 6116
252b5132
RH
6117@smallexample
6118.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6119.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6120@end smallexample
6121
6122If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6123section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6124@table @code
6125@item b
6126bss section (uninitialized data)
6127@item n
6128section is not loaded
6129@item w
6130writable section
6131@item d
6132data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6133@item e
6134exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6135@item r
6136read-only section
6137@item x
6138executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6139@item s
6140shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6141@item a
6142ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6143@item y
6144section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6145@item 0-9
6146single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6147@end table
6148
6149If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6150the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6151loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6152from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6153will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6154
6155If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6156taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6157@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6158
6159@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6160@ifset COFF
6161@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6162@subheading ELF Version
6163@end ifset
6164
c91d2e08
NC
6165@cindex Section Stack
6166This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6167@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6168(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6169@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6170
c1253627 6171@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6172For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6173
252b5132 6174@smallexample
7047dd1e 6175.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6176@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6177
252b5132 6178The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6179combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6180@table @code
6181@item a
6182section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6183@item e
6184section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6185@item w
6186section is writable
6187@item x
6188section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6189@item M
6190section is mergeable
6191@item S
6192section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6193@item G
6194section is a member of a section group
6195@item T
6196section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6197@item ?
6198section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6199@end table
6200
6201The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6202@table @code
6203@item @@progbits
6204section contains data
6205@item @@nobits
6206section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6207@item @@note
6208section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6209@item @@init_array
6210section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6211@item @@fini_array
6212section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6213@item @@preinit_array
6214section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6215@end table
6216
10b016c2
PB
6217Many targets only support the first three section types.
6218
ececec60
NC
6219Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6220ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6221@code{%} character.
6222
22fe14ad 6223If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6224be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6225
6226@smallexample
6227.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6228@end smallexample
6229
6230Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6231constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6232@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6233@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6234the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6235absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6236which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6237@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6238@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6239
6240If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6241be present along with an additional field like this:
6242
6243@smallexample
6244.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6245@end smallexample
6246
6247The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6248particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6249@table @code
6250@item comdat
6251indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6252@item .gnu.linkonce
6253an alias for comdat
6254@end table
6255
96e9638b 6256Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6257the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6258
6259@smallexample
6260.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6261@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6262
01642c12
RM
6263If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6264@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6265present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6266this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6267@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6268If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6269
252b5132
RH
6270If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6271the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6272none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6273executable. The section will contain data.
6274
6275For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6276directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6277
252b5132
RH
6278@smallexample
6279.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6280@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6281
252b5132
RH
6282Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6283separated flags:
6284@table @code
6285@item #alloc
6286section is allocatable
6287@item #write
6288section is writable
6289@item #execinstr
6290section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6291@item #exclude
6292section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6293@item #tls
6294section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6295@end table
c91d2e08 6296
e9863d7f
DJ
6297This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6298contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6299some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6300work.
c1253627
NC
6301@end ifset
6302@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6303
6304@node Set
6305@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6306
6307@cindex @code{set} directive
6308@cindex symbol value, setting
6309Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6310changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6311@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6312flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6313
6314You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6315
6316If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6317file is the last value stored into it.
6318
3c9b82ba
NC
6319@ifset Z80
6320On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6321@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6322@end ifset
6323
252b5132
RH
6324@node Short
6325@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6326
6327@cindex @code{short} directive
6328@ifset GENERIC
6329@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6330@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6331
6332In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6333numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6334@end ifset
6335@ifclear GENERIC
6336@ifset W16
6337@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6338@end ifset
6339@ifset W32
6340This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6341a 16 bit number for each.
6342@end ifset
6343@end ifclear
6344
6345@node Single
6346@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6347
6348@cindex @code{single} directive
6349@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6350This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6351has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6352@ifset GENERIC
6353The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6354@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6355@end ifset
6356@ifclear GENERIC
6357@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6358On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6359numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6360@end ifset
6361@end ifclear
6362
c1253627 6363@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6364@node Size
c1253627 6365@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6366
c1253627
NC
6367This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6368
6369@ifset COFF
6370@ifset ELF
6371@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6372@subheading COFF Version
6373@end ifset
6374
6375@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6376For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6377@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6378
6379@smallexample
6380.size @var{expression}
6381@end smallexample
252b5132 6382
c91d2e08 6383@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6384@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6385@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6386ignores it.
6387@end ifset
c1253627 6388@end ifset
c91d2e08 6389
c1253627
NC
6390@ifset ELF
6391@ifset COFF
6392@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6393@subheading ELF Version
6394@end ifset
6395
6396@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6397For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6398
c1253627
NC
6399@smallexample
6400.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6401@end smallexample
6402
6403This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6404The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6405arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6406symbols.
c1253627
NC
6407@end ifset
6408@end ifset
252b5132 6409
252b5132
RH
6410@ifclear no-space-dir
6411@node Skip
6412@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6413
6414@cindex @code{skip} directive
6415@cindex filling memory
6416This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6417@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6418@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6419@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6420@end ifclear
252b5132 6421
ccf8a69b
BW
6422@node Sleb128
6423@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6424
6425@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6426@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6427compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6428symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6429
884f0d36 6430@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6431@node Space
6432@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6433
6434@cindex @code{space} directive
6435@cindex filling memory
6436This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6437@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6438and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6439as @samp{.skip}.
6440
6441@ifset HPPA
6442@quotation
6443@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6444targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6445Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6446@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6447for a summary.
6448@end quotation
6449@end ifset
6450@end ifclear
6451
252b5132
RH
6452@ifset have-stabs
6453@node Stab
6454@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6455
6456@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6457@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6458There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6459All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6460The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6461cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6462Up to five fields are required:
6463
6464@table @var
6465@item string
6466This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6467@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6468debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6469using this field.
6470
6471@item type
6472An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6473this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6474and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6475
6476@item other
6477An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6478low 8 bits of this expression.
6479
6480@item desc
6481An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6482bits of this expression.
6483
6484@item value
6485An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6486@end table
6487
6488If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6489or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6490you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6491compatible with earlier assemblers!
6492
6493@table @code
6494@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6495@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6496
6497The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6498It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6499null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6500strings.
6501
6502The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6503relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6504is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6505assembled.
6506
6507@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6508@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6509The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6510
6511@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6512@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6513All five fields are specified.
6514@end table
6515@end ifset
6516@c end have-stabs
6517
6518@node String
38a57ae7 6519@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6520"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6521
6522@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6523@cindex string8, copying to object file
6524@cindex string16, copying to object file
6525@cindex string32, copying to object file
6526@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6527@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6528@cindex @code{string8} directive
6529@cindex @code{string16} directive
6530@cindex @code{string32} directive
6531@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6532
6533Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6534one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6535particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6536You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6537
01642c12 6538The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6539the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6540copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6541are stored in target endianness byte order.
6542
6543Example:
6544@smallexample
6545 .string32 "BYE"
6546expands to:
6547 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6548 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6549@end smallexample
6550
6551
252b5132
RH
6552@node Struct
6553@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6554
6555@cindex @code{struct} directive
6556Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6557which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6558@smallexample
6559 .struct 0
6560field1:
6561 .struct field1 + 4
6562field2:
6563 .struct field2 + 4
6564field3:
6565@end smallexample
6566This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6567@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6568value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6569use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6570before further assembly.
6571
c91d2e08
NC
6572@ifset ELF
6573@node SubSection
6574@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6575
c1253627 6576@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6577@cindex Section Stack
6578This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6579@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6580@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6581(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6582
6583This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6584section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6585in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6586@end ifset
6587
252b5132
RH
6588@ifset ELF
6589@node Symver
6590@section @code{.symver}
6591@cindex @code{symver} directive
6592@cindex symbol versioning
6593@cindex versions of symbols
6594Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6595within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6596typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6597There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6598into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6599shared library.
6600
79082ff0 6601For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6602@smallexample
6603.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6604@end smallexample
339681c0 6605If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6606being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6607alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6608just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6609permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6610of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6611itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6612have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6613file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6614function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6615the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6616building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6617symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6618nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6619
6620If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6621references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6622reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6623symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6624
6625Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6626@smallexample
6627.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6628@end smallexample
6629In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6630the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6631difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6632references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6633
6634The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6635@smallexample
6636.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6637@end smallexample
6638When @var{name} is not defined within the
6639file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6640@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6641name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6642@end ifset
6643
6644@ifset COFF
6645@node Tag
6646@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6647
6648@cindex COFF structure debugging
6649@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6650@cindex @code{tag} directive
6651This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6652information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6653@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6654definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6655@ifset BOUT
6656
6657@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6658@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6659ignores it.
6660@end ifset
6661@end ifset
6662
6663@node Text
6664@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6665
6666@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6667Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6668the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6669expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6670is used.
6671
6672@node Title
6673@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6674
6675@cindex @code{title} directive
6676@cindex listing control: title line
6677Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6678source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6679
6680This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6681it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6682
c1253627 6683@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6684@node Type
c1253627
NC
6685@section @code{.type}
6686
6687This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6688
6689@ifset COFF
6690@ifset ELF
6691@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6692@subheading COFF Version
6693@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6694
6695@cindex COFF symbol type
6696@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6697@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6698For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6699@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6700
6701@smallexample
6702.type @var{int}
6703@end smallexample
6704
6705This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6706entry.
252b5132 6707
c91d2e08 6708@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6709@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6710@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6711directive but ignores it.
6712@end ifset
c1253627 6713@end ifset
c91d2e08 6714
c1253627
NC
6715@ifset ELF
6716@ifset COFF
6717@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6718@subheading ELF Version
6719@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6720
6721@cindex ELF symbol type
6722@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6723@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6724For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6725
6726@smallexample
6727.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6728@end smallexample
6729
6730This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6731function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6732supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6733compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6734
6735Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6736@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6737below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6738the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6739maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6740assemblers.
6741
6742The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6743
6744@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6745 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6746 .type <name>,#<type>
6747 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6748 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6749 .type <name>,"<type>"
6750@end smallexample
6751
6752The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6753
5671778d
NC
6754@table @gcctabopt
6755@item STT_FUNC
6756@itemx function
6757Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6758
d8045f23
NC
6759@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6760@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6761Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6762processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6763
5671778d
NC
6764@item STT_OBJECT
6765@itemx object
6766Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6767
6768@item STT_TLS
6769@itemx tls_object
6770Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6771
6772@item STT_COMMON
6773@itemx common
6774Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6775
6776@item STT_NOTYPE
6777@itemx notype
6778Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6779
3e7a7d11
NC
6780@item gnu_unique_object
6781Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6782will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6783name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6784systems).
3e7a7d11 6785
5671778d
NC
6786@end table
6787
6788Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6789
c1253627
NC
6790@end ifset
6791@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6792
6793@node Uleb128
6794@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6795
6796@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6797@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6798compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6799symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6800
6801@ifset COFF
6802@node Val
6803@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6804
6805@cindex @code{val} directive
6806@cindex COFF value attribute
6807@cindex value attribute, COFF
6808This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6809records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6810entry.
6811@ifset BOUT
6812
a4fb0134 6813@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6814configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6815@end ifset
6816@end ifset
6817
2e13b764 6818@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6819@node Version
6820@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6821
c1253627 6822@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6823This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6824formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6825@end ifset
2e13b764 6826
c91d2e08
NC
6827@ifset ELF
6828@node VTableEntry
6829@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6830
653cfe85 6831@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6832This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6833@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6834
c91d2e08
NC
6835@node VTableInherit
6836@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6837
653cfe85 6838@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6839This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6840@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6841parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6842parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6843@end ifset
2e13b764 6844
d190d046
HPN
6845@node Warning
6846@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6847@cindex warning directive
6848Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6849(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6850
c91d2e08
NC
6851@node Weak
6852@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6853
c1253627 6854@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6855This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6856@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6857
01642c12 6858On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6859directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6860@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6861
977cdf5a 6862On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6863When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6864alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6865
06e77878
AO
6866@node Weakref
6867@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6868
6869@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6870This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6871be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6872If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6873will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6874symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6875
6876The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6877assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6878symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6879resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6880had the references to the alias removed.
6881
6882The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6883within the assembler.
6884
252b5132
RH
6885@node Word
6886@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6887
6888@cindex @code{word} directive
6889This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6890separated by commas.
6891@ifclear GENERIC
6892@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6893For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6894@end ifset
6895@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6896For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6897@end ifset
6898@end ifclear
6899@ifset GENERIC
6900
6901The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6902depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6903@end ifset
6904
6905@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6906@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6907@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6908@cindex difference tables altered
6909@cindex altered difference tables
6910@quotation
6911@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6912@end quotation
6913
6914@ifset GENERIC
6915Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6916addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6917interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6918@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6919
6920@end ifset
6921In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6922@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6923Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6924compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6925directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6926@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6927creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6928This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6929first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6930of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6931table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6932contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6933@code{sym2}.
6934
6935If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6936secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6937@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6938long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6939and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6940minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6941entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6942
6943@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6944@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6945@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6946assembly language programmers.
6947@end ifset
6948@end ifset
6949@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6950
6951@node Deprecated
6952@section Deprecated Directives
6953
6954@cindex deprecated directives
6955@cindex obsolescent directives
6956One day these directives won't work.
6957They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6958@table @t
6959@item .abort
6960@item .line
6961@end table
6962
3a99f02f
DJ
6963@ifset ELF
6964@node Object Attributes
6965@chapter Object Attributes
6966@cindex object attributes
6967
6968@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6969into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6970Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6971point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6972requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6973passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6974hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6975generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6976newer generation at run-time.
6977
6978This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6979@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6980time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6981correctly.
6982
6983Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6984attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6985string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6986and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6987or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6988attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6989
6990Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6991The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6992
6993@menu
6994* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6995* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6996@end menu
6997
6998@node GNU Object Attributes
6999@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7000
7001The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7002with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7003
7004Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7005its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7006an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
70072} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7008architecture-dependent ones.
7009
7010@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7011
7012These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7013
7014@table @r
7015@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7016The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7017the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7018then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7019than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7020arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7021@end table
7022
7023@subsection MIPS Attributes
7024
7025@table @r
7026@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7027The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7028
7029@itemize @bullet
7030@item
70310 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7032@item
70331 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
7034FPU.
7035@item
70362 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7037@item
70383 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
7039@item
70404 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
7041double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
7042purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7043@end itemize
7044@end table
7045
7046@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7047
7048@table @r
7049@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7050The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7051
7052@itemize @bullet
7053@item
70540 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7055@item
3c7b9897 70561 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7057@item
70582 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7059@item
70603 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7061@end itemize
7062
7063@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7064The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7065
7066@itemize @bullet
7067@item
70680 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7069@item
70701 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7071@item
70722 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7073@item
70743 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7075@end itemize
7076@end table
7077
7078@node Defining New Object Attributes
7079@section Defining New Object Attributes
7080
7081If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7082will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7083mailing list.
7084
7085@itemize @bullet
7086@item
7087This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7088@item
7089The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7090@item
7091The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7092and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7093@item
7094Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7095@item
7096@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7097@item
7098GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7099@end itemize
7100
7101@end ifset
7102
252b5132
RH
7103@ifset GENERIC
7104@node Machine Dependencies
7105@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7106
7107@cindex machine dependencies
7108The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7109each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7110vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7111directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7112assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7113@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7114optimization.
7115
7116This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7117include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7118subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7119
7120@menu
a06ea964
NC
7121@ifset AARCH64
7122* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7123@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7124@ifset ALPHA
7125* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7126@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7127@ifset ARC
7128* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7129@end ifset
7130@ifset ARM
7131* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7132@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7133@ifset AVR
7134* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7135@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7136@ifset Blackfin
7137* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7138@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7139@ifset CR16
7140* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7141@end ifset
8bf549a8 7142@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7143* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7144@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7145@ifset D10V
7146* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7147@end ifset
7148@ifset D30V
7149* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7150@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7151@ifset EPIPHANY
7152* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7153@end ifset
252b5132 7154@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7155* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7156@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7157@ifset HPPA
7158* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7159@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7160@ifset I370
7161* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7162@end ifset
252b5132 7163@ifset I80386
55b62671 7164* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7165@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7166@ifset I860
7167* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7168@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7169@ifset I960
7170* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7171@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7172@ifset IA64
7173* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7174@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7175@ifset IP2K
7176* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7177@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7178@ifset LM32
7179* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7180@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7181@ifset M32C
7182* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7183@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7184@ifset M32R
7185* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7186@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7187@ifset M680X0
7188* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7189@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7190@ifset M68HC11
7191* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7192@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7193@ifset METAG
7194* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7195@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7196@ifset MICROBLAZE
7197* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7199@ifset MIPS
7200* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7201@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7202@ifset MMIX
7203* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7204@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7205@ifset MSP430
7206* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7207@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7208@ifset NDS32
7209* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7210@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7211@ifset NIOSII
7212* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7213@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7214@ifset NS32K
7215* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7216@end ifset
252b5132 7217@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7218* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7219* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7220@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7221@ifset PDP11
7222* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7223@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7224@ifset PJ
7225* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7226@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7227@ifset PPC
7228* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7229@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7230@ifset RL78
7231* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7232@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7233@ifset RX
7234* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7235@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7236@ifset S390
7237* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7238@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7239@ifset SCORE
7240* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7241@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7242@ifset SPARC
7243* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7244@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7245@ifset TIC54X
7246* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7247@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7248@ifset TIC6X
7249* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7250@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7251@ifset TILEGX
7252* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7253@end ifset
7254@ifset TILEPRO
7255* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7256@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7257@ifset V850
7258* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7259@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7260@ifset XGATE
7261* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7262@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7263@ifset XSTORMY16
7264* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7265@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7266@ifset XTENSA
7267* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7268@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7269@ifset Z80
7270* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7271@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7272@ifset Z8000
7273* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7274@end ifset
7275@ifset VAX
7276* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7277@end ifset
7278@end menu
7279
7280@lowersections
7281@end ifset
7282
7283@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7284@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7285@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7286@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7287@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7288@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7289@c in both conditional blocks.
7290
a06ea964
NC
7291@ifset AARCH64
7292@include c-aarch64.texi
7293@end ifset
7294
625e1353
RH
7295@ifset ALPHA
7296@include c-alpha.texi
7297@end ifset
7298
7299@ifset ARC
7300@include c-arc.texi
7301@end ifset
7302
252b5132
RH
7303@ifset ARM
7304@include c-arm.texi
7305@end ifset
7306
8473f7a4
DC
7307@ifset AVR
7308@include c-avr.texi
7309@end ifset
7310
3b4e1885 7311@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7312@include c-bfin.texi
7313@end ifset
7314
3d3d428f
NC
7315@ifset CR16
7316@include c-cr16.texi
7317@end ifset
7318
328eb32e
HPN
7319@ifset CRIS
7320@include c-cris.texi
7321@end ifset
7322
c2dcd04e 7323@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7324@ifclear GENERIC
7325@node Machine Dependencies
7326@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7327
c2dcd04e 7328The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7329and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7330chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7331family.
7332
7333@menu
c2dcd04e 7334* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7335* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7336@end menu
7337@lowersections
7338@end ifclear
7339@end ifset
7340
7341@ifset D10V
7342@include c-d10v.texi
7343@end ifset
7344
7345@ifset D30V
7346@include c-d30v.texi
7347@end ifset
7348
cfb8c092
NC
7349@ifset EPIPHANY
7350@include c-epiphany.texi
7351@end ifset
7352
252b5132
RH
7353@ifset H8/300
7354@include c-h8300.texi
7355@end ifset
7356
252b5132
RH
7357@ifset HPPA
7358@include c-hppa.texi
7359@end ifset
7360
5b93d8bb
AM
7361@ifset I370
7362@include c-i370.texi
7363@end ifset
7364
252b5132
RH
7365@ifset I80386
7366@include c-i386.texi
7367@end ifset
7368
e3308d0d
JE
7369@ifset I860
7370@include c-i860.texi
7371@end ifset
7372
252b5132
RH
7373@ifset I960
7374@include c-i960.texi
7375@end ifset
7376
9e32ca89
NC
7377@ifset IA64
7378@include c-ia64.texi
7379@end ifset
7380
a40cbfa3
NC
7381@ifset IP2K
7382@include c-ip2k.texi
7383@end ifset
7384
84e94c90
NC
7385@ifset LM32
7386@include c-lm32.texi
7387@end ifset
7388
49f58d10
JB
7389@ifset M32C
7390@include c-m32c.texi
7391@end ifset
7392
ec694b89
NC
7393@ifset M32R
7394@include c-m32r.texi
7395@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7396
7397@ifset M680X0
7398@include c-m68k.texi
7399@end ifset
7400
60bcf0fa
NC
7401@ifset M68HC11
7402@include c-m68hc11.texi
7403@end ifset
7404
a3c62988
NC
7405@ifset METAG
7406@include c-metag.texi
7407@end ifset
7408
01642c12 7409@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7410@include c-microblaze.texi
7411@end ifset
7412
252b5132
RH
7413@ifset MIPS
7414@include c-mips.texi
7415@end ifset
7416
3c3bdf30
NC
7417@ifset MMIX
7418@include c-mmix.texi
7419@end ifset
7420
2469cfa2
NC
7421@ifset MSP430
7422@include c-msp430.texi
7423@end ifset
7424
35c08157
KLC
7425@ifset NDS32
7426@include c-nds32.texi
7427@end ifset
7428
36591ba1
SL
7429@ifset NIOSII
7430@include c-nios2.texi
7431@end ifset
7432
252b5132
RH
7433@ifset NS32K
7434@include c-ns32k.texi
7435@end ifset
7436
e135f41b
NC
7437@ifset PDP11
7438@include c-pdp11.texi
7439@end ifset
7440
041dd5a9
ILT
7441@ifset PJ
7442@include c-pj.texi
7443@end ifset
7444
418c1742
MG
7445@ifset PPC
7446@include c-ppc.texi
7447@end ifset
7448
99c513f6
DD
7449@ifset RL78
7450@include c-rl78.texi
7451@end ifset
7452
046d31c2
NC
7453@ifset RX
7454@include c-rx.texi
7455@end ifset
7456
11c19e16
MS
7457@ifset S390
7458@include c-s390.texi
7459@end ifset
7460
c0157db4
NC
7461@ifset SCORE
7462@include c-score.texi
7463@end ifset
7464
252b5132
RH
7465@ifset SH
7466@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7467@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7468@end ifset
7469
7470@ifset SPARC
7471@include c-sparc.texi
7472@end ifset
7473
39bec121
TW
7474@ifset TIC54X
7475@include c-tic54x.texi
7476@end ifset
7477
40b36596
JM
7478@ifset TIC6X
7479@include c-tic6x.texi
7480@end ifset
7481
aa137e4d
NC
7482@ifset TILEGX
7483@include c-tilegx.texi
7484@end ifset
7485
7486@ifset TILEPRO
7487@include c-tilepro.texi
7488@end ifset
7489
3c9b82ba
NC
7490@ifset Z80
7491@include c-z80.texi
7492@end ifset
7493
252b5132
RH
7494@ifset Z8000
7495@include c-z8k.texi
7496@end ifset
7497
7498@ifset VAX
7499@include c-vax.texi
7500@end ifset
7501
7502@ifset V850
7503@include c-v850.texi
7504@end ifset
7505
f6c1a2d5
NC
7506@ifset XGATE
7507@include c-xgate.texi
7508@end ifset
7509
6753e72f
NC
7510@ifset XSTORMY16
7511@include c-xstormy16.texi
7512@end ifset
7513
e0001a05
NC
7514@ifset XTENSA
7515@include c-xtensa.texi
7516@end ifset
7517
252b5132
RH
7518@ifset GENERIC
7519@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7520@raisesections
7521@end ifset
7522
7523@node Reporting Bugs
7524@chapter Reporting Bugs
7525@cindex bugs in assembler
7526@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7527
a4fb0134 7528Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7529
7530Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7531not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7532entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7533Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7534
7535In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7536information that enables us to fix the bug.
7537
7538@menu
7539* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7540* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7541@end menu
7542
7543@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7544@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7545@cindex bug criteria
7546
7547If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7548
7549@itemize @bullet
7550@cindex fatal signal
7551@cindex assembler crash
7552@cindex crash of assembler
7553@item
7554If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7555@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7556
7557@cindex error on valid input
7558@item
a4fb0134 7559If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7560
7561@cindex invalid input
7562@item
a4fb0134 7563If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7564is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7565be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7566
7567@item
7568If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7569of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7570@end itemize
7571
7572@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7573@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7574@cindex bug reports
7575@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7576
7577A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7578you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7579contact that organization first.
7580
7581You can find contact information for many support companies and
7582individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7583distribution.
7584
ad22bfe8 7585@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7586In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7587to @value{BUGURL}.
7588@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7589
7590The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7591@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7592fact or leave it out, state it!
7593
7594Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7595and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7596name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7597not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7598happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7599perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7600the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7601give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7602and the most helpful.
7603
7604Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7605it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7606that the bug has not been reported previously.
7607
7608Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7609bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7610respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7611You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7612
7613To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7614
7615@itemize @bullet
7616@item
a4fb0134 7617The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7618it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7619
7620Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7621the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7622
7623@item
a4fb0134 7624Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7625
7626@item
7627The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7628version number.
7629
7630@item
a4fb0134 7631What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7632``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7633
7634@item
7635The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7636observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7637all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7638
7639If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7640and then we might not encounter the bug.
7641
7642@item
7643A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7644the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7645high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7646when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7647the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7648file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7649@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7650
7651@item
7652A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7653incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7654
a4fb0134 7655Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7656will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7657notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7658make a mistake.
7659
7660Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7661explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7662@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7663library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7664would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7665would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7666expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7667observations.
7668
7669@item
a4fb0134 7670If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7671diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7672option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7673discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7674by line number.
7675
7676The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7677sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7678@end itemize
7679
7680Here are some things that are not necessary:
7681
7682@itemize @bullet
7683@item
7684A description of the envelope of the bug.
7685
7686Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7687which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7688changes will not affect it.
7689
7690This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7691will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7692with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7693We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7694
7695Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7696of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7697output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7698less time, and so on.
7699
7700However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7701report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7702
7703@item
7704A patch for the bug.
7705
7706A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7707the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7708a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7709to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7710
a4fb0134 7711Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7712construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7713the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7714one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7715
7716And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7717patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7718help us to understand.
7719
7720@item
7721A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7722
7723Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7724things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7725@end itemize
7726
7727@node Acknowledgements
7728@chapter Acknowledgements
7729
653cfe85 7730If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7731it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7732maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7733@c (October 2012),
7734the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7735
7736Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7737more details?}
7738
7739Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7740information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7741extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7742
7743K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7744many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7745up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7746testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7747including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7748and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7749support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7750port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7751file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7752assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7753
7754Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7755in format-specific I/O modules.
7756
7757The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7758has done much work with it since.
7759
7760The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7761
7762Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7763
7764The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7765University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7766
7767Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7768(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7769(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7770support a.out format.
7771
7be1c489
AM
7772Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7773tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7774Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7775use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7776targets.
7777
7778John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7779simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7780updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7781fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7782remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7783cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7784required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7785
7786Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
778768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7788added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7789PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7790
653cfe85 7791Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7792
7793Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7794
7795Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7796along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7797formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7798the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7799
7800Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7801Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7802Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7803Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7804and some initial 64-bit support).
7805
c1253627 7806Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7807
252b5132
RH
7808Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7809support for openVMS/Alpha.
7810
39bec121
TW
7811Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7812flavors.
7813
e0001a05 7814David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7815Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7816
252b5132
RH
7817Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7818configuration enhancements.
7819
84e94c90
NC
7820Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7821
252b5132
RH
7822Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7823you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7824want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7825intentionally leaving anyone out.
7826
793c5807
NC
7827@node GNU Free Documentation License
7828@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7829@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7830
370b66a1
CD
7831@node AS Index
7832@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7833
7834@printindex cp
7835
252b5132
RH
7836@bye
7837@c Local Variables:
7838@c fill-column: 79
7839@c End:
This page took 1.096279 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.